| /* | 
 | ** 2001 September 15 | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of | 
 | ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: | 
 | ** | 
 | **    May you do good and not evil. | 
 | **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. | 
 | **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give. | 
 | ** | 
 | ************************************************************************* | 
 | ** Internal interface definitions for SQLite. | 
 | ** | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifndef SQLITEINT_H | 
 | #define SQLITEINT_H | 
 |  | 
 | /* Special Comments: | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Some comments have special meaning to the tools that measure test | 
 | ** coverage: | 
 | ** | 
 | **    NO_TEST                     - The branches on this line are not | 
 | **                                  measured by branch coverage.  This is | 
 | **                                  used on lines of code that actually | 
 | **                                  implement parts of coverage testing. | 
 | ** | 
 | **    OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE        - This branch is allowed to always be false | 
 | **                                  and the correct answer is still obtained, | 
 | **                                  though perhaps more slowly. | 
 | ** | 
 | **    OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE       - This branch is allowed to always be true | 
 | **                                  and the correct answer is still obtained, | 
 | **                                  though perhaps more slowly. | 
 | ** | 
 | **    PREVENTS-HARMLESS-OVERREAD  - This branch prevents a buffer overread | 
 | **                                  that would be harmless and undetectable | 
 | **                                  if it did occur. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** In all cases, the special comment must be enclosed in the usual | 
 | ** slash-asterisk...asterisk-slash comment marks, with no spaces between the | 
 | ** asterisks and the comment text. | 
 | */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Make sure the Tcl calling convention macro is defined.  This macro is | 
 | ** only used by test code and Tcl integration code. | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_TCLAPI | 
 | #  define SQLITE_TCLAPI | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Include the header file used to customize the compiler options for MSVC. | 
 | ** This should be done first so that it can successfully prevent spurious | 
 | ** compiler warnings due to subsequent content in this file and other files | 
 | ** that are included by this file. | 
 | */ | 
 | #include "msvc.h" | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Special setup for VxWorks | 
 | */ | 
 | #include "vxworks.h" | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on POSIX if the | 
 | ** underlying operating system supports it.  If the OS lacks | 
 | ** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Ticket #2739:  The _LARGEFILE_SOURCE macro must appear before any | 
 | ** system #includes.  Hence, this block of code must be the very first | 
 | ** code in all source files. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch | 
 | ** on the compiler command line.  This is necessary if you are compiling | 
 | ** on a recent machine (ex: Red Hat 7.2) but you want your code to work | 
 | ** on an older machine (ex: Red Hat 6.0).  If you compile on Red Hat 7.2 | 
 | ** without this option, LFS is enable.  But LFS does not exist in the kernel | 
 | ** in Red Hat 6.0, so the code won't work.  Hence, for maximum binary | 
 | ** portability you should omit LFS. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The previous paragraph was written in 2005.  (This paragraph is written | 
 | ** on 2008-11-28.) These days, all Linux kernels support large files, so | 
 | ** you should probably leave LFS enabled.  But some embedded platforms might | 
 | ** lack LFS in which case the SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS macro might still be useful. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Similar is true for Mac OS X.  LFS is only supported on Mac OS X 9 and later. | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS | 
 | # define _LARGE_FILE       1 | 
 | # ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS | 
 | #   define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 | 
 | # endif | 
 | # define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* The GCC_VERSION and MSVC_VERSION macros are used to | 
 | ** conditionally include optimizations for each of these compilers.  A | 
 | ** value of 0 means that compiler is not being used.  The | 
 | ** SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC macro means do not use any compiler-specific | 
 | ** optimizations, and hence set all compiler macros to 0 | 
 | ** | 
 | ** There was once also a CLANG_VERSION macro.  However, we learn that the | 
 | ** version numbers in clang are for "marketing" only and are inconsistent | 
 | ** and unreliable.  Fortunately, all versions of clang also recognize the | 
 | ** gcc version numbers and have reasonable settings for gcc version numbers, | 
 | ** so the GCC_VERSION macro will be set to a correct non-zero value even | 
 | ** when compiling with clang. | 
 | */ | 
 | #if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) | 
 | # define GCC_VERSION (__GNUC__*1000000+__GNUC_MINOR__*1000+__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__) | 
 | #else | 
 | # define GCC_VERSION 0 | 
 | #endif | 
 | #if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) | 
 | # define MSVC_VERSION _MSC_VER | 
 | #else | 
 | # define MSVC_VERSION 0 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Some C99 functions in "math.h" are only present for MSVC when its version | 
 | ** is associated with Visual Studio 2013 or higher. | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_HAVE_C99_MATH_FUNCS | 
 | # if MSVC_VERSION==0 || MSVC_VERSION>=1800 | 
 | #  define SQLITE_HAVE_C99_MATH_FUNCS (1) | 
 | # else | 
 | #  define SQLITE_HAVE_C99_MATH_FUNCS (0) | 
 | # endif | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* Needed for various definitions... */ | 
 | #if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) | 
 | # define _GNU_SOURCE | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | #if defined(__OpenBSD__) && !defined(_BSD_SOURCE) | 
 | # define _BSD_SOURCE | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Macro to disable warnings about missing "break" at the end of a "case". | 
 | */ | 
 | #if GCC_VERSION>=7000000 | 
 | # define deliberate_fall_through __attribute__((fallthrough)); | 
 | #else | 
 | # define deliberate_fall_through | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** For MinGW, check to see if we can include the header file containing its | 
 | ** version information, among other things.  Normally, this internal MinGW | 
 | ** header file would [only] be included automatically by other MinGW header | 
 | ** files; however, the contained version information is now required by this | 
 | ** header file to work around binary compatibility issues (see below) and | 
 | ** this is the only known way to reliably obtain it.  This entire #if block | 
 | ** would be completely unnecessary if there was any other way of detecting | 
 | ** MinGW via their preprocessor (e.g. if they customized their GCC to define | 
 | ** some MinGW-specific macros).  When compiling for MinGW, either the | 
 | ** _HAVE_MINGW_H or _HAVE__MINGW_H (note the extra underscore) macro must be | 
 | ** defined; otherwise, detection of conditions specific to MinGW will be | 
 | ** disabled. | 
 | */ | 
 | #if defined(_HAVE_MINGW_H) | 
 | # include "mingw.h" | 
 | #elif defined(_HAVE__MINGW_H) | 
 | # include "_mingw.h" | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** For MinGW version 4.x (and higher), check to see if the _USE_32BIT_TIME_T | 
 | ** define is required to maintain binary compatibility with the MSVC runtime | 
 | ** library in use (e.g. for Windows XP). | 
 | */ | 
 | #if !defined(_USE_32BIT_TIME_T) && !defined(_USE_64BIT_TIME_T) && \ | 
 |     defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WIN64) && \ | 
 |     defined(__MINGW_MAJOR_VERSION) && __MINGW_MAJOR_VERSION >= 4 && \ | 
 |     defined(__MSVCRT__) | 
 | # define _USE_32BIT_TIME_T | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* Optionally #include a user-defined header, whereby compilation options | 
 | ** may be set prior to where they take effect, but after platform setup. | 
 | ** If SQLITE_CUSTOM_INCLUDE=? is defined, its value names the #include | 
 | ** file. | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_CUSTOM_INCLUDE | 
 | # define INC_STRINGIFY_(f) #f | 
 | # define INC_STRINGIFY(f) INC_STRINGIFY_(f) | 
 | # include INC_STRINGIFY(SQLITE_CUSTOM_INCLUDE) | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* The public SQLite interface.  The _FILE_OFFSET_BITS macro must appear | 
 | ** first in QNX.  Also, the _USE_32BIT_TIME_T macro must appear first for | 
 | ** MinGW. | 
 | */ | 
 | #include "sqlite3.h" | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Reuse the STATIC_LRU for mutex access to sqlite3_temp_directory. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_TEMPDIR SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1 | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the | 
 | ** autoconf-based build | 
 | */ | 
 | #if defined(_HAVE_SQLITE_CONFIG_H) && !defined(SQLITECONFIG_H) | 
 | #include "sqlite_cfg.h" | 
 | #define SQLITECONFIG_H 1 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | #include "sqliteLimit.h" | 
 |  | 
 | /* Disable nuisance warnings on Borland compilers */ | 
 | #if defined(__BORLANDC__) | 
 | #pragma warn -rch /* unreachable code */ | 
 | #pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */ | 
 | #pragma warn -aus /* Assigned value is never used */ | 
 | #pragma warn -csu /* Comparing signed and unsigned */ | 
 | #pragma warn -spa /* Suspicious pointer arithmetic */ | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** A few places in the code require atomic load/store of aligned | 
 | ** integer values. | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifndef __has_extension | 
 | # define __has_extension(x) 0     /* compatibility with non-clang compilers */ | 
 | #endif | 
 | #if GCC_VERSION>=4007000 || __has_extension(c_atomic) | 
 | # define SQLITE_ATOMIC_INTRINSICS 1 | 
 | # define AtomicLoad(PTR)       __atomic_load_n((PTR),__ATOMIC_RELAXED) | 
 | # define AtomicStore(PTR,VAL)  __atomic_store_n((PTR),(VAL),__ATOMIC_RELAXED) | 
 | #else | 
 | # define SQLITE_ATOMIC_INTRINSICS 0 | 
 | # define AtomicLoad(PTR)       (*(PTR)) | 
 | # define AtomicStore(PTR,VAL)  (*(PTR) = (VAL)) | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Include standard header files as necessary | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H | 
 | #include <stdint.h> | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H | 
 | #include <inttypes.h> | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The following macros are used to cast pointers to integers and | 
 | ** integers to pointers.  The way you do this varies from one compiler | 
 | ** to the next, so we have developed the following set of #if statements | 
 | ** to generate appropriate macros for a wide range of compilers. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The correct "ANSI" way to do this is to use the intptr_t type. | 
 | ** Unfortunately, that typedef is not available on all compilers, or | 
 | ** if it is available, it requires an #include of specific headers | 
 | ** that vary from one machine to the next. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Ticket #3860:  The llvm-gcc-4.2 compiler from Apple chokes on | 
 | ** the ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) construct.  But MSVC chokes on ((void*)(X)). | 
 | ** So we have to define the macros in different ways depending on the | 
 | ** compiler. | 
 | */ | 
 | #if defined(HAVE_STDINT_H)   /* Use this case if we have ANSI headers */ | 
 | # define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)(intptr_t)(X)) | 
 | # define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(intptr_t)(X)) | 
 | #elif defined(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)  /* This case should work for GCC */ | 
 | # define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) | 
 | # define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) | 
 | #elif !defined(__GNUC__)       /* Works for compilers other than LLVM */ | 
 | # define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) | 
 | # define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0)) | 
 | #else                          /* Generates a warning - but it always works */ | 
 | # define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)  ((void*)(X)) | 
 | # define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)  ((int)(X)) | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Macros to hint to the compiler that a function should or should not be | 
 | ** inlined. | 
 | */ | 
 | #if defined(__GNUC__) | 
 | #  define SQLITE_NOINLINE  __attribute__((noinline)) | 
 | #  define SQLITE_INLINE    __attribute__((always_inline)) inline | 
 | #elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1310 | 
 | #  define SQLITE_NOINLINE  __declspec(noinline) | 
 | #  define SQLITE_INLINE    __forceinline | 
 | #else | 
 | #  define SQLITE_NOINLINE | 
 | #  define SQLITE_INLINE | 
 | #endif | 
 | #if defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) || defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) | 
 | # undef SQLITE_INLINE | 
 | # define SQLITE_INLINE | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Make sure that the compiler intrinsics we desire are enabled when | 
 | ** compiling with an appropriate version of MSVC unless prevented by | 
 | ** the SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC define. | 
 | */ | 
 | #if !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) | 
 | #  if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1400 | 
 | #    if !defined(_WIN32_WCE) | 
 | #      include <intrin.h> | 
 | #      pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_ushort) | 
 | #      pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_ulong) | 
 | #      pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_uint64) | 
 | #      pragma intrinsic(_ReadWriteBarrier) | 
 | #    else | 
 | #      include <cmnintrin.h> | 
 | #    endif | 
 | #  endif | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Enable SQLITE_USE_SEH by default on MSVC builds.  Only omit | 
 | ** SEH support if the -DSQLITE_OMIT_SEH option is given. | 
 | */ | 
 | #if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SEH) | 
 | # define SQLITE_USE_SEH 1 | 
 | #else | 
 | # undef SQLITE_USE_SEH | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Enable SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ, unless the build explicitly | 
 | ** disables it using -DSQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ=0 | 
 | */ | 
 | #if defined(SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ) && SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ+1==1 | 
 |   /* Disable if -DSQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ=0 */ | 
 | # undef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ | 
 | #else | 
 |   /* In all other cases, enable */ | 
 | # define SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ 1 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as 0, 1, or 2. | 
 | ** 0 means mutexes are permanently disable and the library is never | 
 | ** threadsafe.  1 means the library is serialized which is the highest | 
 | ** level of threadsafety.  2 means the library is multithreaded - multiple | 
 | ** threads can use SQLite as long as no two threads try to use the same | 
 | ** database connection at the same time. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro. | 
 | ** We support that for legacy. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** To ensure that the correct value of "THREADSAFE" is reported when querying | 
 | ** for compile-time options at runtime (e.g. "PRAGMA compile_options"), this | 
 | ** logic is partially replicated in ctime.c. If it is updated here, it should | 
 | ** also be updated there. | 
 | */ | 
 | #if !defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) | 
 | # if defined(THREADSAFE) | 
 | #   define SQLITE_THREADSAFE THREADSAFE | 
 | # else | 
 | #   define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1 /* IMP: R-07272-22309 */ | 
 | # endif | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Powersafe overwrite is on by default.  But can be turned off using | 
 | ** the -DSQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE=0 command-line option. | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE | 
 | # define SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 1 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-25715-37072 Memory allocation statistics are enabled by | 
 | ** default unless SQLite is compiled with SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS=0 in | 
 | ** which case memory allocation statistics are disabled by default. | 
 | */ | 
 | #if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS) | 
 | # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS 1 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Exactly one of the following macros must be defined in order to | 
 | ** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use. | 
 | ** | 
 | **     SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC          // Use normal system malloc() | 
 | **     SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC           // Use Win32 native heap API | 
 | **     SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC            // Use a stub allocator that always fails | 
 | **     SQLITE_MEMDEBUG               // Debugging version of system malloc() | 
 | ** | 
 | ** On Windows, if the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE macro is defined and the | 
 | ** assert() macro is enabled, each call into the Win32 native heap subsystem | 
 | ** will cause HeapValidate to be called.  If heap validation should fail, an | 
 | ** assertion will be triggered. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** If none of the above are defined, then set SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC as | 
 | ** the default. | 
 | */ | 
 | #if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \ | 
 |   + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \ | 
 |   + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \ | 
 |   + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)>1 | 
 | # error "Two or more of the following compile-time configuration options\ | 
 |  are defined but at most one is allowed:\ | 
 |  SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG,\ | 
 |  SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC" | 
 | #endif | 
 | #if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \ | 
 |   + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \ | 
 |   + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \ | 
 |   + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)==0 | 
 | # define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** If SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is not zero, then try to keep the | 
 | ** sizes of memory allocations below this value where possible. | 
 | */ | 
 | #if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT) | 
 | # define SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT 1024 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable | 
 | ** recursive mutexes on most Unix systems and fchmod() on OpenBSD. | 
 | ** But _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X, so omit | 
 | ** it. | 
 | */ | 
 | #if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__) | 
 | #  define _XOPEN_SOURCE 600 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** NDEBUG and SQLITE_DEBUG are opposites.  It should always be true that | 
 | ** defined(NDEBUG)==!defined(SQLITE_DEBUG).  If this is not currently true, | 
 | ** make it true by defining or undefining NDEBUG. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Setting NDEBUG makes the code smaller and faster by disabling the | 
 | ** assert() statements in the code.  So we want the default action | 
 | ** to be for NDEBUG to be set and NDEBUG to be undefined only if SQLITE_DEBUG | 
 | ** is set.  Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out | 
 | ** feature. | 
 | */ | 
 | #if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) | 
 | # define NDEBUG 1 | 
 | #endif | 
 | #if defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) | 
 | # undef NDEBUG | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Enable SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS if SQLITE_DEBUG is turned on. | 
 | */ | 
 | #if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) | 
 | # define SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS 1 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The testcase() macro is used to aid in coverage testing.  When | 
 | ** doing coverage testing, the condition inside the argument to | 
 | ** testcase() must be evaluated both true and false in order to | 
 | ** get full branch coverage.  The testcase() macro is inserted | 
 | ** to help ensure adequate test coverage in places where simple | 
 | ** condition/decision coverage is inadequate.  For example, testcase() | 
 | ** can be used to make sure boundary values are tested.  For | 
 | ** bitmask tests, testcase() can be used to make sure each bit | 
 | ** is significant and used at least once.  On switch statements | 
 | ** where multiple cases go to the same block of code, testcase() | 
 | ** can insure that all cases are evaluated. | 
 | */ | 
 | #if defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) | 
 | # ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION | 
 |     extern unsigned int sqlite3CoverageCounter; | 
 | # endif | 
 | # define testcase(X)  if( X ){ sqlite3CoverageCounter += (unsigned)__LINE__; } | 
 | #else | 
 | # define testcase(X) | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or | 
 | ** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments | 
 | ** within testcase() and assert() macros. | 
 | */ | 
 | #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) | 
 | # define TESTONLY(X)  X | 
 | #else | 
 | # define TESTONLY(X) | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Sometimes we need a small amount of code such as a variable initialization | 
 | ** to setup for a later assert() statement.  We do not want this code to | 
 | ** appear when assert() is disabled.  The following macro is therefore | 
 | ** used to contain that setup code.  The "VVA" acronym stands for | 
 | ** "Verification, Validation, and Accreditation".  In other words, the | 
 | ** code within VVA_ONLY() will only run during verification processes. | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifndef NDEBUG | 
 | # define VVA_ONLY(X)  X | 
 | #else | 
 | # define VVA_ONLY(X) | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Disable ALWAYS() and NEVER() (make them pass-throughs) for coverage | 
 | ** and mutation testing | 
 | */ | 
 | #if defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_MUTATION_TEST) | 
 | # define SQLITE_OMIT_AUXILIARY_SAFETY_CHECKS  1 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which | 
 | ** are intended to always be true or false, respectively.  Such | 
 | ** expressions could be omitted from the code completely.  But they | 
 | ** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience | 
 | ** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing" | 
 | ** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first | 
 | ** hint of unplanned behavior. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** In other words, ALWAYS and NEVER are added for defensive code. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** When doing coverage testing ALWAYS and NEVER are hard-coded to | 
 | ** be true and false so that the unreachable code they specify will | 
 | ** not be counted as untested code. | 
 | */ | 
 | #if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUXILIARY_SAFETY_CHECKS) | 
 | # define ALWAYS(X)      (1) | 
 | # define NEVER(X)       (0) | 
 | #elif !defined(NDEBUG) | 
 | # define ALWAYS(X)      ((X)?1:(assert(0),0)) | 
 | # define NEVER(X)       ((X)?(assert(0),1):0) | 
 | #else | 
 | # define ALWAYS(X)      (X) | 
 | # define NEVER(X)       (X) | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Some conditionals are optimizations only.  In other words, if the | 
 | ** conditionals are replaced with a constant 1 (true) or 0 (false) then | 
 | ** the correct answer is still obtained, though perhaps not as quickly. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The following macros mark these optimizations conditionals. | 
 | */ | 
 | #if defined(SQLITE_MUTATION_TEST) | 
 | # define OK_IF_ALWAYS_TRUE(X)  (1) | 
 | # define OK_IF_ALWAYS_FALSE(X) (0) | 
 | #else | 
 | # define OK_IF_ALWAYS_TRUE(X)  (X) | 
 | # define OK_IF_ALWAYS_FALSE(X) (X) | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Some malloc failures are only possible if SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS is | 
 | ** defined.  We need to defend against those failures when testing with | 
 | ** SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS, but we don't want the unreachable branches | 
 | ** during a normal build.  The following macro can be used to disable tests | 
 | ** that are always false except when SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS is set. | 
 | */ | 
 | #if defined(SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS) | 
 | # define ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(X)  (X) | 
 | #elif !defined(NDEBUG) | 
 | # define ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(X)  ((X)?(assert(0),1):0) | 
 | #else | 
 | # define ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(X)  (0) | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Declarations used for tracing the operating system interfaces. | 
 | */ | 
 | #if defined(SQLITE_FORCE_OS_TRACE) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) || \ | 
 |     (defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && SQLITE_OS_WIN) | 
 |   extern int sqlite3OSTrace; | 
 | # define OSTRACE(X)          if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X | 
 | # define SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE | 
 | #else | 
 | # define OSTRACE(X) | 
 | # undef  SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Is the sqlite3ErrName() function needed in the build?  Currently, | 
 | ** it is needed by "mutex_w32.c" (when debugging), "os_win.c" (when | 
 | ** OSTRACE is enabled), and by several "test*.c" files (which are | 
 | ** compiled using SQLITE_TEST). | 
 | */ | 
 | #if defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) || \ | 
 |     (defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && SQLITE_OS_WIN) | 
 | # define SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME | 
 | #else | 
 | # undef  SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS is incompatible with SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN | 
 | # undef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE implies SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE | 
 | */ | 
 | #if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE) | 
 | # define SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | #define SQLITE_DIGIT_SEPARATOR '_' | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Return true (non-zero) if the input is an integer that is too large | 
 | ** to fit in 32-bits.  This macro is used inside of various testcase() | 
 | ** macros to verify that we have tested SQLite for large-file support. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define IS_BIG_INT(X)  (((X)&~(i64)0xffffffff)!=0) | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean | 
 | ** expression that is usually false.  Macro likely() surrounds | 
 | ** a boolean expression that is usually true.  These hints could, | 
 | ** in theory, be used by the compiler to generate better code, but | 
 | ** currently they are just comments for human readers. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define likely(X)    (X) | 
 | #define unlikely(X)  (X) | 
 |  | 
 | #include "hash.h" | 
 | #include "parse.h" | 
 | #include <stdio.h> | 
 | #include <stdlib.h> | 
 | #include <string.h> | 
 | #include <assert.h> | 
 | #include <stddef.h> | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Use a macro to replace memcpy() if compiled with SQLITE_INLINE_MEMCPY. | 
 | ** This allows better measurements of where memcpy() is used when running | 
 | ** cachegrind.  But this macro version of memcpy() is very slow so it | 
 | ** should not be used in production.  This is a performance measurement | 
 | ** hack only. | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_INLINE_MEMCPY | 
 | # define memcpy(D,S,N) {char*xxd=(char*)(D);const char*xxs=(const char*)(S);\ | 
 |                         int xxn=(N);while(xxn-->0)*(xxd++)=*(xxs++);} | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, | 
 | ** substitute integer for floating-point | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT | 
 | # define double sqlite_int64 | 
 | # define float sqlite_int64 | 
 | # define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite_int64 | 
 | # ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL | 
 | #   define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (((sqlite3_int64)1)<<50) | 
 | # endif | 
 | # define SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1 | 
 | # define SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE 1 | 
 | # undef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT | 
 | # undef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL | 
 | # define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (1e99) | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** OMIT_TEMPDB is set to 1 if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB is defined, or 0 | 
 | ** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler | 
 | ** to omit code used by TEMP tables without messy #ifndef statements. | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB | 
 | #define OMIT_TEMPDB 1 | 
 | #else | 
 | #define OMIT_TEMPDB 0 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The "file format" number is an integer that is incremented whenever | 
 | ** the VDBE-level file format changes.  The following macros define the | 
 | ** the default file format for new databases and the maximum file format | 
 | ** that the library can read. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT 4 | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT | 
 | # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT 4 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Determine whether triggers are recursive by default.  This can be | 
 | ** changed at run-time using a pragma. | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS | 
 | # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS 0 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Provide a default value for SQLITE_TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified | 
 | ** on the command-line | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE | 
 | # define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE 1 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** If no value has been provided for SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS, or if | 
 | ** SQLITE_TEMP_STORE is set to 3 (never use temporary files), set it | 
 | ** to zero. | 
 | */ | 
 | #if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3 || SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 | 
 | # undef SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS | 
 | # define SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS 0 | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS | 
 | # define SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS 8 | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS | 
 | # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS 0 | 
 | #endif | 
 | #if SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS>SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS | 
 | # undef SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS | 
 | # define SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The default initial allocation for the pagecache when using separate | 
 | ** pagecaches for each database connection.  A positive number is the | 
 | ** number of pages.  A negative number N translations means that a buffer | 
 | ** of -1024*N bytes is allocated and used for as many pages as it will hold. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The default value of "20" was chosen to minimize the run-time of the | 
 | ** speedtest1 test program with options: --shrink-memory --reprepare | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ | 
 | # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ 20 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Default value for the SQLITE_CONFIG_SORTERREF_SIZE option. | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SORTERREF_SIZE | 
 | # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SORTERREF_SIZE 0x7fffffff | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The compile-time options SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE and | 
 | ** SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE are not compatible with one another. | 
 | ** You must choose one or the other (or neither) but not both. | 
 | */ | 
 | #if defined(SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE) | 
 | #error Cannot use both SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE and SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it | 
 | ** ourselves. | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifndef offsetof | 
 | #define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD)) | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Macros to compute minimum and maximum of two numbers. | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifndef MIN | 
 | # define MIN(A,B) ((A)<(B)?(A):(B)) | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifndef MAX | 
 | # define MAX(A,B) ((A)>(B)?(A):(B)) | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Swap two objects of type TYPE. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;} | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Check to see if this machine uses EBCDIC.  (Yes, believe it or | 
 | ** not, there are still machines out there that use EBCDIC.) | 
 | */ | 
 | #if 'A' == '\301' | 
 | # define SQLITE_EBCDIC 1 | 
 | #else | 
 | # define SQLITE_ASCII 1 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Integers of known sizes.  These typedefs might change for architectures | 
 | ** where the sizes very.  Preprocessor macros are available so that the | 
 | ** types can be conveniently redefined at compile-type.  Like this: | 
 | ** | 
 | **         cc '-DUINTPTR_TYPE=long long int' ... | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifndef UINT32_TYPE | 
 | # ifdef HAVE_UINT32_T | 
 | #  define UINT32_TYPE uint32_t | 
 | # else | 
 | #  define UINT32_TYPE unsigned int | 
 | # endif | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifndef UINT16_TYPE | 
 | # ifdef HAVE_UINT16_T | 
 | #  define UINT16_TYPE uint16_t | 
 | # else | 
 | #  define UINT16_TYPE unsigned short int | 
 | # endif | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifndef INT16_TYPE | 
 | # ifdef HAVE_INT16_T | 
 | #  define INT16_TYPE int16_t | 
 | # else | 
 | #  define INT16_TYPE short int | 
 | # endif | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifndef UINT8_TYPE | 
 | # ifdef HAVE_UINT8_T | 
 | #  define UINT8_TYPE uint8_t | 
 | # else | 
 | #  define UINT8_TYPE unsigned char | 
 | # endif | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifndef INT8_TYPE | 
 | # ifdef HAVE_INT8_T | 
 | #  define INT8_TYPE int8_t | 
 | # else | 
 | #  define INT8_TYPE signed char | 
 | # endif | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifndef LONGDOUBLE_TYPE | 
 | # define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE long double | 
 | #endif | 
 | typedef sqlite_int64 i64;          /* 8-byte signed integer */ | 
 | typedef sqlite_uint64 u64;         /* 8-byte unsigned integer */ | 
 | typedef UINT32_TYPE u32;           /* 4-byte unsigned integer */ | 
 | typedef UINT16_TYPE u16;           /* 2-byte unsigned integer */ | 
 | typedef INT16_TYPE i16;            /* 2-byte signed integer */ | 
 | typedef UINT8_TYPE u8;             /* 1-byte unsigned integer */ | 
 | typedef INT8_TYPE i8;              /* 1-byte signed integer */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** SQLITE_MAX_U32 is a u64 constant that is the maximum u64 value | 
 | ** that can be stored in a u32 without loss of data.  The value | 
 | ** is 0x00000000ffffffff.  But because of quirks of some compilers, we | 
 | ** have to specify the value in the less intuitive manner shown: | 
 | */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_MAX_U32  ((((u64)1)<<32)-1) | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The datatype used to store estimates of the number of rows in a | 
 | ** table or index. | 
 | */ | 
 | typedef u64 tRowcnt; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Estimated quantities used for query planning are stored as 16-bit | 
 | ** logarithms.  For quantity X, the value stored is 10*log2(X).  This | 
 | ** gives a possible range of values of approximately 1.0e986 to 1e-986. | 
 | ** But the allowed values are "grainy".  Not every value is representable. | 
 | ** For example, quantities 16 and 17 are both represented by a LogEst | 
 | ** of 40.  However, since LogEst quantities are suppose to be estimates, | 
 | ** not exact values, this imprecision is not a problem. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** "LogEst" is short for "Logarithmic Estimate". | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Examples: | 
 | **      1 -> 0              20 -> 43          10000 -> 132 | 
 | **      2 -> 10             25 -> 46          25000 -> 146 | 
 | **      3 -> 16            100 -> 66        1000000 -> 199 | 
 | **      4 -> 20           1000 -> 99        1048576 -> 200 | 
 | **     10 -> 33           1024 -> 100    4294967296 -> 320 | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The LogEst can be negative to indicate fractional values. | 
 | ** Examples: | 
 | ** | 
 | **    0.5 -> -10           0.1 -> -33        0.0625 -> -40 | 
 | */ | 
 | typedef INT16_TYPE LogEst; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Set the SQLITE_PTRSIZE macro to the number of bytes in a pointer | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_PTRSIZE | 
 | # if defined(__SIZEOF_POINTER__) | 
 | #   define SQLITE_PTRSIZE __SIZEOF_POINTER__ | 
 | # elif defined(i386)     || defined(__i386__)   || defined(_M_IX86) ||    \ | 
 |        defined(_M_ARM)   || defined(__arm__)    || defined(__x86)   ||    \ | 
 |       (defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__ppc__)) ||                         \ | 
 |       (defined(__TOS_AIX__) && !defined(__64BIT__)) | 
 | #   define SQLITE_PTRSIZE 4 | 
 | # else | 
 | #   define SQLITE_PTRSIZE 8 | 
 | # endif | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* The uptr type is an unsigned integer large enough to hold a pointer | 
 | */ | 
 | #if defined(HAVE_STDINT_H) | 
 |   typedef uintptr_t uptr; | 
 | #elif SQLITE_PTRSIZE==4 | 
 |   typedef u32 uptr; | 
 | #else | 
 |   typedef u64 uptr; | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The SQLITE_WITHIN(P,S,E) macro checks to see if pointer P points to | 
 | ** something between S (inclusive) and E (exclusive). | 
 | ** | 
 | ** In other words, S is a buffer and E is a pointer to the first byte after | 
 | ** the end of buffer S.  This macro returns true if P points to something | 
 | ** contained within the buffer S. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_WITHIN(P,S,E)   (((uptr)(P)>=(uptr)(S))&&((uptr)(P)<(uptr)(E))) | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** P is one byte past the end of a large buffer. Return true if a span of bytes | 
 | ** between S..E crosses the end of that buffer.  In other words, return true | 
 | ** if the sub-buffer S..E-1 overflows the buffer whose last byte is P-1. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** S is the start of the span.  E is one byte past the end of end of span. | 
 | ** | 
 | **                        P | 
 | **     |-----------------|                FALSE | 
 | **               |-------| | 
 | **               S        E | 
 | ** | 
 | **                        P | 
 | **     |-----------------| | 
 | **                    |-------|           TRUE | 
 | **                    S        E | 
 | ** | 
 | **                        P | 
 | **     |-----------------|                | 
 | **                        |-------|       FALSE | 
 | **                        S        E | 
 | */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_OVERFLOW(P,S,E) (((uptr)(S)<(uptr)(P))&&((uptr)(E)>(uptr)(P))) | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian, | 
 | ** and whether or not that determination is run-time or compile-time. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** For best performance, an attempt is made to guess at the byte-order | 
 | ** using C-preprocessor macros.  If that is unsuccessful, or if | 
 | ** -DSQLITE_BYTEORDER=0 is set, then byte-order is determined | 
 | ** at run-time. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** If you are building SQLite on some obscure platform for which the | 
 | ** following ifdef magic does not work, you can always include either: | 
 | ** | 
 | **    -DSQLITE_BYTEORDER=1234 | 
 | ** | 
 | ** or | 
 | ** | 
 | **    -DSQLITE_BYTEORDER=4321 | 
 | ** | 
 | ** to cause the build to work for little-endian or big-endian processors, | 
 | ** respectively. | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_BYTEORDER  /* Replicate changes at tag-20230904a */ | 
 | # if defined(__BYTE_ORDER__) && __BYTE_ORDER__==__ORDER_BIG_ENDIAN__ | 
 | #   define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 4321 | 
 | # elif defined(__BYTE_ORDER__) && __BYTE_ORDER__==__ORDER_LITTLE_ENDIAN__ | 
 | #   define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 1234 | 
 | # elif defined(__BIG_ENDIAN__) && __BIG_ENDIAN__==1 | 
 | #   define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 4321 | 
 | # elif defined(i386)    || defined(__i386__)      || defined(_M_IX86) ||    \ | 
 |      defined(__x86_64)  || defined(__x86_64__)    || defined(_M_X64)  ||    \ | 
 |      defined(_M_AMD64)  || defined(_M_ARM)        || defined(__x86)   ||    \ | 
 |      defined(__ARMEL__) || defined(__AARCH64EL__) || defined(_M_ARM64) | 
 | #   define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 1234 | 
 | # elif defined(sparc)   || defined(__ARMEB__)     || defined(__AARCH64EB__) | 
 | #   define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 4321 | 
 | # else | 
 | #   define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 0 | 
 | # endif | 
 | #endif | 
 | #if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321 | 
 | # define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    1 | 
 | # define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 0 | 
 | # define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE  SQLITE_UTF16BE | 
 | #elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 | 
 | # define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    0 | 
 | # define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 1 | 
 | # define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE  SQLITE_UTF16LE | 
 | #else | 
 | # ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION | 
 |   const int sqlite3one = 1; | 
 | # else | 
 |   extern const int sqlite3one; | 
 | # endif | 
 | # define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==0) | 
 | # define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==1) | 
 | # define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE  (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE) | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers. | 
 | ** These macros are designed to work correctly on both 32-bit and 64-bit | 
 | ** compilers. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define LARGEST_INT64  (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32)) | 
 | #define LARGEST_UINT64 (0xffffffff|(((u64)0xffffffff)<<32)) | 
 | #define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64) | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8.  This is used | 
 | ** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** ROUND8() always does the rounding, for any argument. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** ROUND8P() assumes that the argument is already an integer number of | 
 | ** pointers in size, and so it is a no-op on systems where the pointer | 
 | ** size is 8. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define ROUND8(x)     (((x)+7)&~7) | 
 | #if SQLITE_PTRSIZE==8 | 
 | # define ROUND8P(x)   (x) | 
 | #else | 
 | # define ROUND8P(x)   (((x)+7)&~7) | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Round down to the nearest multiple of 8 | 
 | */ | 
 | #define ROUNDDOWN8(x) ((x)&~7) | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Assert that the pointer X is aligned to an 8-byte boundary.  This | 
 | ** macro is used only within assert() to verify that the code gets | 
 | ** all alignment restrictions correct. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Except, if SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC is defined, then the | 
 | ** underlying malloc() implementation might return us 4-byte aligned | 
 | ** pointers.  In that case, only verify 4-byte alignment. | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC | 
 | # define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X)   ((((uptr)(X) - (uptr)0)&3)==0) | 
 | #else | 
 | # define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X)   ((((uptr)(X) - (uptr)0)&7)==0) | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Disable MMAP on platforms where it is known to not work | 
 | */ | 
 | #if defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__QNXNTO__) | 
 | # undef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE | 
 | # define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Default maximum size of memory used by memory-mapped I/O in the VFS | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifdef __APPLE__ | 
 | # include <TargetConditionals.h> | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE | 
 | # if defined(__linux__) \ | 
 |   || defined(_WIN32) \ | 
 |   || (defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)) \ | 
 |   || defined(__sun) \ | 
 |   || defined(__FreeBSD__) \ | 
 |   || defined(__DragonFly__) | 
 | #   define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0x7fff0000  /* 2147418112 */ | 
 | # else | 
 | #   define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0 | 
 | # endif | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The default MMAP_SIZE is zero on all platforms.  Or, even if a larger | 
 | ** default MMAP_SIZE is specified at compile-time, make sure that it does | 
 | ** not exceed the maximum mmap size. | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE | 
 | # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE 0 | 
 | #endif | 
 | #if SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE | 
 | # undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE | 
 | # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** TREETRACE_ENABLED will be either 1 or 0 depending on whether or not | 
 | ** the Abstract Syntax Tree tracing logic is turned on. | 
 | */ | 
 | #if !defined(SQLITE_AMALGAMATION) | 
 | extern u32 sqlite3TreeTrace; | 
 | #endif | 
 | #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) \ | 
 |     && (defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE) \ | 
 |                              || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_TREETRACE)) | 
 | # define TREETRACE_ENABLED 1 | 
 | # define TREETRACE(K,P,S,X)  \ | 
 |   if(sqlite3TreeTrace&(K))   \ | 
 |     sqlite3DebugPrintf("%u/%d/%p: ",(S)->selId,(P)->addrExplain,(S)),\ | 
 |     sqlite3DebugPrintf X | 
 | #else | 
 | # define TREETRACE(K,P,S,X) | 
 | # define TREETRACE_ENABLED 0 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* TREETRACE flag meanings: | 
 | ** | 
 | **   0x00000001     Beginning and end of SELECT processing | 
 | **   0x00000002     WHERE clause processing | 
 | **   0x00000004     Query flattener | 
 | **   0x00000008     Result-set wildcard expansion | 
 | **   0x00000010     Query name resolution | 
 | **   0x00000020     Aggregate analysis | 
 | **   0x00000040     Window functions | 
 | **   0x00000080     Generated column names | 
 | **   0x00000100     Move HAVING terms into WHERE | 
 | **   0x00000200     Count-of-view optimization | 
 | **   0x00000400     Compound SELECT processing | 
 | **   0x00000800     Drop superfluous ORDER BY | 
 | **   0x00001000     LEFT JOIN simplifies to JOIN | 
 | **   0x00002000     Constant propagation | 
 | **   0x00004000     Push-down optimization | 
 | **   0x00008000     After all FROM-clause analysis | 
 | **   0x00010000     Beginning of DELETE/INSERT/UPDATE processing | 
 | **   0x00020000     Transform DISTINCT into GROUP BY | 
 | **   0x00040000     SELECT tree dump after all code has been generated | 
 | **   0x00080000     NOT NULL strength reduction | 
 | */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Macros for "wheretrace" | 
 | */ | 
 | extern u32 sqlite3WhereTrace; | 
 | #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) \ | 
 |     && (defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_WHERETRACE)) | 
 | # define WHERETRACE(K,X)  if(sqlite3WhereTrace&(K)) sqlite3DebugPrintf X | 
 | # define WHERETRACE_ENABLED 1 | 
 | #else | 
 | # define WHERETRACE(K,X) | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Bits for the sqlite3WhereTrace mask: | 
 | ** | 
 | ** (---any--)   Top-level block structure | 
 | ** 0x-------F   High-level debug messages | 
 | ** 0x----FFF-   More detail | 
 | ** 0xFFFF----   Low-level debug messages | 
 | ** | 
 | ** 0x00000001   Code generation | 
 | ** 0x00000002   Solver | 
 | ** 0x00000004   Solver costs | 
 | ** 0x00000008   WhereLoop inserts | 
 | ** | 
 | ** 0x00000010   Display sqlite3_index_info xBestIndex calls | 
 | ** 0x00000020   Range an equality scan metrics | 
 | ** 0x00000040   IN operator decisions | 
 | ** 0x00000080   WhereLoop cost adjustments | 
 | ** 0x00000100 | 
 | ** 0x00000200   Covering index decisions | 
 | ** 0x00000400   OR optimization | 
 | ** 0x00000800   Index scanner | 
 | ** 0x00001000   More details associated with code generation | 
 | ** 0x00002000 | 
 | ** 0x00004000   Show all WHERE terms at key points | 
 | ** 0x00008000   Show the full SELECT statement at key places | 
 | ** | 
 | ** 0x00010000   Show more detail when printing WHERE terms | 
 | ** 0x00020000   Show WHERE terms returned from whereScanNext() | 
 | */ | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler | 
 | ** callback for a given sqlite handle. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy | 
 | ** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite | 
 | ** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler | 
 | ** callback is currently invoked only from within pager.c. | 
 | */ | 
 | typedef struct BusyHandler BusyHandler; | 
 | struct BusyHandler { | 
 |   int (*xBusyHandler)(void *,int);  /* The busy callback */ | 
 |   void *pBusyArg;                   /* First arg to busy callback */ | 
 |   int nBusy;                        /* Incremented with each busy call */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Name of table that holds the database schema. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The PREFERRED names are used wherever possible.  But LEGACY is also | 
 | ** used for backwards compatibility. | 
 | ** | 
 | **  1.  Queries can use either the PREFERRED or the LEGACY names | 
 | **  2.  The sqlite3_set_authorizer() callback uses the LEGACY name | 
 | **  3.  The PRAGMA table_list statement uses the PREFERRED name | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The LEGACY names are stored in the internal symbol hash table | 
 | ** in support of (2).  Names are translated using sqlite3PreferredTableName() | 
 | ** for (3).  The sqlite3FindTable() function takes care of translating | 
 | ** names for (1). | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Note that "sqlite_temp_schema" can also be called "temp.sqlite_schema". | 
 | */ | 
 | #define LEGACY_SCHEMA_TABLE          "sqlite_master" | 
 | #define LEGACY_TEMP_SCHEMA_TABLE     "sqlite_temp_master" | 
 | #define PREFERRED_SCHEMA_TABLE       "sqlite_schema" | 
 | #define PREFERRED_TEMP_SCHEMA_TABLE  "sqlite_temp_schema" | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The root-page of the schema table. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define SCHEMA_ROOT    1 | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The name of the schema table.  The name is different for TEMP. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define SCHEMA_TABLE(x) \ | 
 |     ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?LEGACY_TEMP_SCHEMA_TABLE:LEGACY_SCHEMA_TABLE) | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in | 
 | ** an array. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define ArraySize(X)    ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))) | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Determine if the argument is a power of two | 
 | */ | 
 | #define IsPowerOfTwo(X) (((X)&((X)-1))==0) | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The following value as a destructor means to use sqlite3DbFree(). | 
 | ** The sqlite3DbFree() routine requires two parameters instead of the | 
 | ** one parameter that destructors normally want.  So we have to introduce | 
 | ** this magic value that the code knows to handle differently.  Any | 
 | ** pointer will work here as long as it is distinct from SQLITE_STATIC | 
 | ** and SQLITE_TRANSIENT. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_DYNAMIC   ((sqlite3_destructor_type)sqlite3OomClear) | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** When SQLITE_OMIT_WSD is defined, it means that the target platform does | 
 | ** not support Writable Static Data (WSD) such as global and static variables. | 
 | ** All variables must either be on the stack or dynamically allocated from | 
 | ** the heap.  When WSD is unsupported, the variable declarations scattered | 
 | ** throughout the SQLite code must become constants instead.  The SQLITE_WSD | 
 | ** macro is used for this purpose.  And instead of referencing the variable | 
 | ** directly, we use its constant as a key to lookup the run-time allocated | 
 | ** buffer that holds real variable.  The constant is also the initializer | 
 | ** for the run-time allocated buffer. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** In the usual case where WSD is supported, the SQLITE_WSD and GLOBAL | 
 | ** macros become no-ops and have zero performance impact. | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD | 
 |   #define SQLITE_WSD const | 
 |   #define GLOBAL(t,v) (*(t*)sqlite3_wsd_find((void*)&(v), sizeof(v))) | 
 |   #define sqlite3GlobalConfig GLOBAL(struct Sqlite3Config, sqlite3Config) | 
 |   int sqlite3_wsd_init(int N, int J); | 
 |   void *sqlite3_wsd_find(void *K, int L); | 
 | #else | 
 |   #define SQLITE_WSD | 
 |   #define GLOBAL(t,v) v | 
 |   #define sqlite3GlobalConfig sqlite3Config | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The following macros are used to suppress compiler warnings and to | 
 | ** make it clear to human readers when a function parameter is deliberately | 
 | ** left unused within the body of a function. This usually happens when | 
 | ** a function is called via a function pointer. For example the | 
 | ** implementation of an SQL aggregate step callback may not use the | 
 | ** parameter indicating the number of arguments passed to the aggregate, | 
 | ** if it knows that this is enforced elsewhere. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** When a function parameter is not used at all within the body of a function, | 
 | ** it is generally named "NotUsed" or "NotUsed2" to make things even clearer. | 
 | ** However, these macros may also be used to suppress warnings related to | 
 | ** parameters that may or may not be used depending on compilation options. | 
 | ** For example those parameters only used in assert() statements. In these | 
 | ** cases the parameters are named as per the usual conventions. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x) | 
 | #define UNUSED_PARAMETER2(x,y) UNUSED_PARAMETER(x),UNUSED_PARAMETER(y) | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Forward references to structures | 
 | */ | 
 | typedef struct AggInfo AggInfo; | 
 | typedef struct AuthContext AuthContext; | 
 | typedef struct AutoincInfo AutoincInfo; | 
 | typedef struct Bitvec Bitvec; | 
 | typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq; | 
 | typedef struct Column Column; | 
 | typedef struct Cte Cte; | 
 | typedef struct CteUse CteUse; | 
 | typedef struct Db Db; | 
 | typedef struct DbClientData DbClientData; | 
 | typedef struct DbFixer DbFixer; | 
 | typedef struct Schema Schema; | 
 | typedef struct Expr Expr; | 
 | typedef struct ExprList ExprList; | 
 | typedef struct FKey FKey; | 
 | typedef struct FpDecode FpDecode; | 
 | typedef struct FuncDestructor FuncDestructor; | 
 | typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef; | 
 | typedef struct FuncDefHash FuncDefHash; | 
 | typedef struct IdList IdList; | 
 | typedef struct Index Index; | 
 | typedef struct IndexedExpr IndexedExpr; | 
 | typedef struct IndexSample IndexSample; | 
 | typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass; | 
 | typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo; | 
 | typedef struct Lookaside Lookaside; | 
 | typedef struct LookasideSlot LookasideSlot; | 
 | typedef struct Module Module; | 
 | typedef struct NameContext NameContext; | 
 | typedef struct OnOrUsing OnOrUsing; | 
 | typedef struct Parse Parse; | 
 | typedef struct ParseCleanup ParseCleanup; | 
 | typedef struct PreUpdate PreUpdate; | 
 | typedef struct PrintfArguments PrintfArguments; | 
 | typedef struct RCStr RCStr; | 
 | typedef struct RenameToken RenameToken; | 
 | typedef struct Returning Returning; | 
 | typedef struct RowSet RowSet; | 
 | typedef struct Savepoint Savepoint; | 
 | typedef struct Select Select; | 
 | typedef struct SQLiteThread SQLiteThread; | 
 | typedef struct SelectDest SelectDest; | 
 | typedef struct SrcItem SrcItem; | 
 | typedef struct SrcList SrcList; | 
 | typedef struct sqlite3_str StrAccum; /* Internal alias for sqlite3_str */ | 
 | typedef struct Table Table; | 
 | typedef struct TableLock TableLock; | 
 | typedef struct Token Token; | 
 | typedef struct TreeView TreeView; | 
 | typedef struct Trigger Trigger; | 
 | typedef struct TriggerPrg TriggerPrg; | 
 | typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep; | 
 | typedef struct UnpackedRecord UnpackedRecord; | 
 | typedef struct Upsert Upsert; | 
 | typedef struct VTable VTable; | 
 | typedef struct VtabCtx VtabCtx; | 
 | typedef struct Walker Walker; | 
 | typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo; | 
 | typedef struct Window Window; | 
 | typedef struct With With; | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The bitmask datatype defined below is used for various optimizations. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Changing this from a 64-bit to a 32-bit type limits the number of | 
 | ** tables in a join to 32 instead of 64.  But it also reduces the size | 
 | ** of the library by 738 bytes on ix86. | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_BITMASK_TYPE | 
 |   typedef SQLITE_BITMASK_TYPE Bitmask; | 
 | #else | 
 |   typedef u64 Bitmask; | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The number of bits in a Bitmask.  "BMS" means "BitMask Size". | 
 | */ | 
 | #define BMS  ((int)(sizeof(Bitmask)*8)) | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** A bit in a Bitmask | 
 | */ | 
 | #define MASKBIT(n)    (((Bitmask)1)<<(n)) | 
 | #define MASKBIT64(n)  (((u64)1)<<(n)) | 
 | #define MASKBIT32(n)  (((unsigned int)1)<<(n)) | 
 | #define SMASKBIT32(n) ((n)<=31?((unsigned int)1)<<(n):0) | 
 | #define ALLBITS       ((Bitmask)-1) | 
 | #define TOPBIT        (((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1)) | 
 |  | 
 | /* A VList object records a mapping between parameters/variables/wildcards | 
 | ** in the SQL statement (such as $abc, @pqr, or :xyz) and the integer | 
 | ** variable number associated with that parameter.  See the format description | 
 | ** on the sqlite3VListAdd() routine for more information.  A VList is really | 
 | ** just an array of integers. | 
 | */ | 
 | typedef int VList; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and | 
 | ** "BusyHandler" typedefs. vdbe.h also requires a few of the opaque | 
 | ** pointer types (i.e. FuncDef) defined above. | 
 | */ | 
 | #include "os.h" | 
 | #include "pager.h" | 
 | #include "btree.h" | 
 | #include "vdbe.h" | 
 | #include "pcache.h" | 
 | #include "mutex.h" | 
 |  | 
 | /* The SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE compile-time option used to set the default | 
 | ** synchronous setting to EXTRA.  It is no longer supported. | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE | 
 | # warning Use SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS=3 instead of SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE | 
 | # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS 3 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Default synchronous levels. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Note that (for historical reasons) the PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_* macros differ | 
 | ** from the SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS value by 1. | 
 | ** | 
 | **           PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS       DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS | 
 | **   OFF           1                         0 | 
 | **   NORMAL        2                         1 | 
 | **   FULL          3                         2 | 
 | **   EXTRA         4                         3 | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The "PRAGMA synchronous" statement also uses the zero-based numbers. | 
 | ** In other words, the zero-based numbers are used for all external interfaces | 
 | ** and the one-based values are used internally. | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS | 
 | # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS 2 | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_SYNCHRONOUS | 
 | # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_SYNCHRONOUS SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Each database file to be accessed by the system is an instance | 
 | ** of the following structure.  There are normally two of these structures | 
 | ** in the sqlite.aDb[] array.  aDb[0] is the main database file and | 
 | ** aDb[1] is the database file used to hold temporary tables.  Additional | 
 | ** databases may be attached. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct Db { | 
 |   char *zDbSName;      /* Name of this database. (schema name, not filename) */ | 
 |   Btree *pBt;          /* The B*Tree structure for this database file */ | 
 |   u8 safety_level;     /* How aggressive at syncing data to disk */ | 
 |   u8 bSyncSet;         /* True if "PRAGMA synchronous=N" has been run */ | 
 |   Schema *pSchema;     /* Pointer to database schema (possibly shared) */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** An instance of the following structure stores a database schema. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Most Schema objects are associated with a Btree.  The exception is | 
 | ** the Schema for the TEMP database (sqlite3.aDb[1]) which is free-standing. | 
 | ** In shared cache mode, a single Schema object can be shared by multiple | 
 | ** Btrees that refer to the same underlying BtShared object. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Schema objects are automatically deallocated when the last Btree that | 
 | ** references them is destroyed.   The TEMP Schema is manually freed by | 
 | ** sqlite3_close(). | 
 | * | 
 | ** A thread must be holding a mutex on the corresponding Btree in order | 
 | ** to access Schema content.  This implies that the thread must also be | 
 | ** holding a mutex on the sqlite3 connection pointer that owns the Btree. | 
 | ** For a TEMP Schema, only the connection mutex is required. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct Schema { | 
 |   int schema_cookie;   /* Database schema version number for this file */ | 
 |   int iGeneration;     /* Generation counter.  Incremented with each change */ | 
 |   Hash tblHash;        /* All tables indexed by name */ | 
 |   Hash idxHash;        /* All (named) indices indexed by name */ | 
 |   Hash trigHash;       /* All triggers indexed by name */ | 
 |   Hash fkeyHash;       /* All foreign keys by referenced table name */ | 
 |   Table *pSeqTab;      /* The sqlite_sequence table used by AUTOINCREMENT */ | 
 |   u8 file_format;      /* Schema format version for this file */ | 
 |   u8 enc;              /* Text encoding used by this database */ | 
 |   u16 schemaFlags;     /* Flags associated with this schema */ | 
 |   int cache_size;      /* Number of pages to use in the cache */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the | 
 | ** Db.pSchema->flags field. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define DbHasProperty(D,I,P)     (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags&(P))==(P)) | 
 | #define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P)  (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags&(P))!=0) | 
 | #define DbSetProperty(D,I,P)     (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags|=(P) | 
 | #define DbClearProperty(D,I,P)   (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags&=~(P) | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Allowed values for the DB.pSchema->flags field. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The DB_SchemaLoaded flag is set after the database schema has been | 
 | ** read into internal hash tables. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** DB_UnresetViews means that one or more views have column names that | 
 | ** have been filled out.  If the schema changes, these column names might | 
 | ** changes and so the view will need to be reset. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define DB_SchemaLoaded    0x0001  /* The schema has been loaded */ | 
 | #define DB_UnresetViews    0x0002  /* Some views have defined column names */ | 
 | #define DB_ResetWanted     0x0008  /* Reset the schema when nSchemaLock==0 */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The number of different kinds of things that can be limited | 
 | ** using the sqlite3_limit() interface. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_N_LIMIT (SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS+1) | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Lookaside malloc is a set of fixed-size buffers that can be used | 
 | ** to satisfy small transient memory allocation requests for objects | 
 | ** associated with a particular database connection.  The use of | 
 | ** lookaside malloc provides a significant performance enhancement | 
 | ** (approx 10%) by avoiding numerous malloc/free requests while parsing | 
 | ** SQL statements. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The Lookaside structure holds configuration information about the | 
 | ** lookaside malloc subsystem.  Each available memory allocation in | 
 | ** the lookaside subsystem is stored on a linked list of LookasideSlot | 
 | ** objects. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Lookaside allocations are only allowed for objects that are associated | 
 | ** with a particular database connection.  Hence, schema information cannot | 
 | ** be stored in lookaside because in shared cache mode the schema information | 
 | ** is shared by multiple database connections.  Therefore, while parsing | 
 | ** schema information, the Lookaside.bEnabled flag is cleared so that | 
 | ** lookaside allocations are not used to construct the schema objects. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** New lookaside allocations are only allowed if bDisable==0.  When | 
 | ** bDisable is greater than zero, sz is set to zero which effectively | 
 | ** disables lookaside without adding a new test for the bDisable flag | 
 | ** in a performance-critical path.  sz should be set by to szTrue whenever | 
 | ** bDisable changes back to zero. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Lookaside buffers are initially held on the pInit list.  As they are | 
 | ** used and freed, they are added back to the pFree list.  New allocations | 
 | ** come off of pFree first, then pInit as a fallback.  This dual-list | 
 | ** allows use to compute a high-water mark - the maximum number of allocations | 
 | ** outstanding at any point in the past - by subtracting the number of | 
 | ** allocations on the pInit list from the total number of allocations. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Enhancement on 2019-12-12:  Two-size-lookaside | 
 | ** The default lookaside configuration is 100 slots of 1200 bytes each. | 
 | ** The larger slot sizes are important for performance, but they waste | 
 | ** a lot of space, as most lookaside allocations are less than 128 bytes. | 
 | ** The two-size-lookaside enhancement breaks up the lookaside allocation | 
 | ** into two pools:  One of 128-byte slots and the other of the default size | 
 | ** (1200-byte) slots.   Allocations are filled from the small-pool first, | 
 | ** failing over to the full-size pool if that does not work.  Thus more | 
 | ** lookaside slots are available while also using less memory. | 
 | ** This enhancement can be omitted by compiling with | 
 | ** SQLITE_OMIT_TWOSIZE_LOOKASIDE. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct Lookaside { | 
 |   u32 bDisable;           /* Only operate the lookaside when zero */ | 
 |   u16 sz;                 /* Size of each buffer in bytes */ | 
 |   u16 szTrue;             /* True value of sz, even if disabled */ | 
 |   u8 bMalloced;           /* True if pStart obtained from sqlite3_malloc() */ | 
 |   u32 nSlot;              /* Number of lookaside slots allocated */ | 
 |   u32 anStat[3];          /* 0: hits.  1: size misses.  2: full misses */ | 
 |   LookasideSlot *pInit;   /* List of buffers not previously used */ | 
 |   LookasideSlot *pFree;   /* List of available buffers */ | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TWOSIZE_LOOKASIDE | 
 |   LookasideSlot *pSmallInit; /* List of small buffers not previously used */ | 
 |   LookasideSlot *pSmallFree; /* List of available small buffers */ | 
 |   void *pMiddle;          /* First byte past end of full-size buffers and | 
 |                           ** the first byte of LOOKASIDE_SMALL buffers */ | 
 | #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TWOSIZE_LOOKASIDE */ | 
 |   void *pStart;           /* First byte of available memory space */ | 
 |   void *pEnd;             /* First byte past end of available space */ | 
 |   void *pTrueEnd;         /* True value of pEnd, when db->pnBytesFreed!=0 */ | 
 | }; | 
 | struct LookasideSlot { | 
 |   LookasideSlot *pNext;    /* Next buffer in the list of free buffers */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | #define DisableLookaside  db->lookaside.bDisable++;db->lookaside.sz=0 | 
 | #define EnableLookaside   db->lookaside.bDisable--;\ | 
 |    db->lookaside.sz=db->lookaside.bDisable?0:db->lookaside.szTrue | 
 |  | 
 | /* Size of the smaller allocations in two-size lookaside */ | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TWOSIZE_LOOKASIDE | 
 | #  define LOOKASIDE_SMALL           0 | 
 | #else | 
 | #  define LOOKASIDE_SMALL         128 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** A hash table for built-in function definitions.  (Application-defined | 
 | ** functions use a regular table table from hash.h.) | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Hash each FuncDef structure into one of the FuncDefHash.a[] slots. | 
 | ** Collisions are on the FuncDef.u.pHash chain.  Use the SQLITE_FUNC_HASH() | 
 | ** macro to compute a hash on the function name. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_FUNC_HASH_SZ 23 | 
 | struct FuncDefHash { | 
 |   FuncDef *a[SQLITE_FUNC_HASH_SZ];       /* Hash table for functions */ | 
 | }; | 
 | #define SQLITE_FUNC_HASH(C,L) (((C)+(L))%SQLITE_FUNC_HASH_SZ) | 
 |  | 
 | #if defined(SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION) | 
 | # warning  "The SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION extension is deprecated. \ | 
 |  See ext/userauth/user-auth.txt for details." | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Information held in the "sqlite3" database connection object and used | 
 | ** to manage user authentication. | 
 | */ | 
 | typedef struct sqlite3_userauth sqlite3_userauth; | 
 | struct sqlite3_userauth { | 
 |   u8 authLevel;                 /* Current authentication level */ | 
 |   int nAuthPW;                  /* Size of the zAuthPW in bytes */ | 
 |   char *zAuthPW;                /* Password used to authenticate */ | 
 |   char *zAuthUser;              /* User name used to authenticate */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* Allowed values for sqlite3_userauth.authLevel */ | 
 | #define UAUTH_Unknown     0     /* Authentication not yet checked */ | 
 | #define UAUTH_Fail        1     /* User authentication failed */ | 
 | #define UAUTH_User        2     /* Authenticated as a normal user */ | 
 | #define UAUTH_Admin       3     /* Authenticated as an administrator */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* Functions used only by user authorization logic */ | 
 | int sqlite3UserAuthTable(const char*); | 
 | int sqlite3UserAuthCheckLogin(sqlite3*,const char*,u8*); | 
 | void sqlite3UserAuthInit(sqlite3*); | 
 | void sqlite3CryptFunc(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); | 
 |  | 
 | #endif /* SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** typedef for the authorization callback function. | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION | 
 |   typedef int (*sqlite3_xauth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*, | 
 |                                const char*, const char*); | 
 | #else | 
 |   typedef int (*sqlite3_xauth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*, | 
 |                                const char*); | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED | 
 | /* This is an extra SQLITE_TRACE macro that indicates "legacy" tracing | 
 | ** in the style of sqlite3_trace() | 
 | */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_TRACE_LEGACY          0x40     /* Use the legacy xTrace */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_TRACE_XPROFILE        0x80     /* Use the legacy xProfile */ | 
 | #else | 
 | #define SQLITE_TRACE_LEGACY          0 | 
 | #define SQLITE_TRACE_XPROFILE        0 | 
 | #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_TRACE_NONLEGACY_MASK  0x0f     /* Normal flags */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Maximum number of sqlite3.aDb[] entries.  This is the number of attached | 
 | ** databases plus 2 for "main" and "temp". | 
 | */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_MAX_DB (SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2) | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Each database connection is an instance of the following structure. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct sqlite3 { | 
 |   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;            /* OS Interface */ | 
 |   struct Vdbe *pVdbe;           /* List of active virtual machines */ | 
 |   CollSeq *pDfltColl;           /* BINARY collseq for the database encoding */ | 
 |   sqlite3_mutex *mutex;         /* Connection mutex */ | 
 |   Db *aDb;                      /* All backends */ | 
 |   int nDb;                      /* Number of backends currently in use */ | 
 |   u32 mDbFlags;                 /* flags recording internal state */ | 
 |   u64 flags;                    /* flags settable by pragmas. See below */ | 
 |   i64 lastRowid;                /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */ | 
 |   i64 szMmap;                   /* Default mmap_size setting */ | 
 |   u32 nSchemaLock;              /* Do not reset the schema when non-zero */ | 
 |   unsigned int openFlags;       /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ | 
 |   int errCode;                  /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */ | 
 |   int errByteOffset;            /* Byte offset of error in SQL statement */ | 
 |   int errMask;                  /* & result codes with this before returning */ | 
 |   int iSysErrno;                /* Errno value from last system error */ | 
 |   u32 dbOptFlags;               /* Flags to enable/disable optimizations */ | 
 |   u8 enc;                       /* Text encoding */ | 
 |   u8 autoCommit;                /* The auto-commit flag. */ | 
 |   u8 temp_store;                /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */ | 
 |   u8 mallocFailed;              /* True if we have seen a malloc failure */ | 
 |   u8 bBenignMalloc;             /* Do not require OOMs if true */ | 
 |   u8 dfltLockMode;              /* Default locking-mode for attached dbs */ | 
 |   signed char nextAutovac;      /* Autovac setting after VACUUM if >=0 */ | 
 |   u8 suppressErr;               /* Do not issue error messages if true */ | 
 |   u8 vtabOnConflict;            /* Value to return for s3_vtab_on_conflict() */ | 
 |   u8 isTransactionSavepoint;    /* True if the outermost savepoint is a TS */ | 
 |   u8 mTrace;                    /* zero or more SQLITE_TRACE flags */ | 
 |   u8 noSharedCache;             /* True if no shared-cache backends */ | 
 |   u8 nSqlExec;                  /* Number of pending OP_SqlExec opcodes */ | 
 |   u8 eOpenState;                /* Current condition of the connection */ | 
 |   int nextPagesize;             /* Pagesize after VACUUM if >0 */ | 
 |   i64 nChange;                  /* Value returned by sqlite3_changes() */ | 
 |   i64 nTotalChange;             /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */ | 
 |   int aLimit[SQLITE_N_LIMIT];   /* Limits */ | 
 |   int nMaxSorterMmap;           /* Maximum size of regions mapped by sorter */ | 
 |   struct sqlite3InitInfo {      /* Information used during initialization */ | 
 |     Pgno newTnum;               /* Rootpage of table being initialized */ | 
 |     u8 iDb;                     /* Which db file is being initialized */ | 
 |     u8 busy;                    /* TRUE if currently initializing */ | 
 |     unsigned orphanTrigger : 1; /* Last statement is orphaned TEMP trigger */ | 
 |     unsigned imposterTable : 1; /* Building an imposter table */ | 
 |     unsigned reopenMemdb : 1;   /* ATTACH is really a reopen using MemDB */ | 
 |     const char **azInit;        /* "type", "name", and "tbl_name" columns */ | 
 |   } init; | 
 |   int nVdbeActive;              /* Number of VDBEs currently running */ | 
 |   int nVdbeRead;                /* Number of active VDBEs that read or write */ | 
 |   int nVdbeWrite;               /* Number of active VDBEs that read and write */ | 
 |   int nVdbeExec;                /* Number of nested calls to VdbeExec() */ | 
 |   int nVDestroy;                /* Number of active OP_VDestroy operations */ | 
 |   int nExtension;               /* Number of loaded extensions */ | 
 |   void **aExtension;            /* Array of shared library handles */ | 
 |   union { | 
 |     void (*xLegacy)(void*,const char*);   /* mTrace==SQLITE_TRACE_LEGACY */ | 
 |     int (*xV2)(u32,void*,void*,void*);    /* All other mTrace values */ | 
 |   } trace; | 
 |   void *pTraceArg;                        /* Argument to the trace function */ | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED | 
 |   void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64);  /* Profiling function */ | 
 |   void *pProfileArg;                        /* Argument to profile function */ | 
 | #endif | 
 |   void *pCommitArg;                 /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */ | 
 |   int (*xCommitCallback)(void*);    /* Invoked at every commit. */ | 
 |   void *pRollbackArg;               /* Argument to xRollbackCallback() */ | 
 |   void (*xRollbackCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */ | 
 |   void *pUpdateArg; | 
 |   void (*xUpdateCallback)(void*,int, const char*,const char*,sqlite_int64); | 
 |   void *pAutovacPagesArg;           /* Client argument to autovac_pages */ | 
 |   void (*xAutovacDestr)(void*);     /* Destructor for pAutovacPAgesArg */ | 
 |   unsigned int (*xAutovacPages)(void*,const char*,u32,u32,u32); | 
 |   Parse *pParse;                /* Current parse */ | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK | 
 |   void *pPreUpdateArg;          /* First argument to xPreUpdateCallback */ | 
 |   void (*xPreUpdateCallback)(   /* Registered using sqlite3_preupdate_hook() */ | 
 |     void*,sqlite3*,int,char const*,char const*,sqlite3_int64,sqlite3_int64 | 
 |   ); | 
 |   PreUpdate *pPreUpdate;        /* Context for active pre-update callback */ | 
 | #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */ | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL | 
 |   int (*xWalCallback)(void *, sqlite3 *, const char *, int); | 
 |   void *pWalArg; | 
 | #endif | 
 |   void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*); | 
 |   void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*); | 
 |   void *pCollNeededArg; | 
 |   sqlite3_value *pErr;          /* Most recent error message */ | 
 |   union { | 
 |     volatile int isInterrupted; /* True if sqlite3_interrupt has been called */ | 
 |     double notUsed1;            /* Spacer */ | 
 |   } u1; | 
 |   Lookaside lookaside;          /* Lookaside malloc configuration */ | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION | 
 |   sqlite3_xauth xAuth;          /* Access authorization function */ | 
 |   void *pAuthArg;               /* 1st argument to the access auth function */ | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK | 
 |   int (*xProgress)(void *);     /* The progress callback */ | 
 |   void *pProgressArg;           /* Argument to the progress callback */ | 
 |   unsigned nProgressOps;        /* Number of opcodes for progress callback */ | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE | 
 |   int nVTrans;                  /* Allocated size of aVTrans */ | 
 |   Hash aModule;                 /* populated by sqlite3_create_module() */ | 
 |   VtabCtx *pVtabCtx;            /* Context for active vtab connect/create */ | 
 |   VTable **aVTrans;             /* Virtual tables with open transactions */ | 
 |   VTable *pDisconnect;          /* Disconnect these in next sqlite3_prepare() */ | 
 | #endif | 
 |   Hash aFunc;                   /* Hash table of connection functions */ | 
 |   Hash aCollSeq;                /* All collating sequences */ | 
 |   BusyHandler busyHandler;      /* Busy callback */ | 
 |   Db aDbStatic[2];              /* Static space for the 2 default backends */ | 
 |   Savepoint *pSavepoint;        /* List of active savepoints */ | 
 |   int nAnalysisLimit;           /* Number of index rows to ANALYZE */ | 
 |   int busyTimeout;              /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */ | 
 |   int nSavepoint;               /* Number of non-transaction savepoints */ | 
 |   int nStatement;               /* Number of nested statement-transactions  */ | 
 |   i64 nDeferredCons;            /* Net deferred constraints this transaction. */ | 
 |   i64 nDeferredImmCons;         /* Net deferred immediate constraints */ | 
 |   int *pnBytesFreed;            /* If not NULL, increment this in DbFree() */ | 
 |   DbClientData *pDbData;        /* sqlite3_set_clientdata() content */ | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY | 
 |   /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MAIN | 
 |   ** mutex, not by sqlite3.mutex. They are used by code in notify.c. | 
 |   ** | 
 |   ** When X.pUnlockConnection==Y, that means that X is waiting for Y to | 
 |   ** unlock so that it can proceed. | 
 |   ** | 
 |   ** When X.pBlockingConnection==Y, that means that something that X tried | 
 |   ** tried to do recently failed with an SQLITE_LOCKED error due to locks | 
 |   ** held by Y. | 
 |   */ | 
 |   sqlite3 *pBlockingConnection; /* Connection that caused SQLITE_LOCKED */ | 
 |   sqlite3 *pUnlockConnection;           /* Connection to watch for unlock */ | 
 |   void *pUnlockArg;                     /* Argument to xUnlockNotify */ | 
 |   void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int);  /* Unlock notify callback */ | 
 |   sqlite3 *pNextBlocked;        /* Next in list of all blocked connections */ | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION | 
 |   sqlite3_userauth auth;        /* User authentication information */ | 
 | #endif | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** A macro to discover the encoding of a database. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define SCHEMA_ENC(db) ((db)->aDb[0].pSchema->enc) | 
 | #define ENC(db)        ((db)->enc) | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** A u64 constant where the lower 32 bits are all zeros.  Only the | 
 | ** upper 32 bits are included in the argument.  Necessary because some | 
 | ** C-compilers still do not accept LL integer literals. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define HI(X)  ((u64)(X)<<32) | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Possible values for the sqlite3.flags. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Value constraints (enforced via assert()): | 
 | **      SQLITE_FullFSync     == PAGER_FULLFSYNC | 
 | **      SQLITE_CkptFullFSync == PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC | 
 | **      SQLITE_CacheSpill    == PAGER_CACHE_SPILL | 
 | */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_WriteSchema    0x00000001  /* OK to update SQLITE_SCHEMA */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt  0x00000002  /* Create new databases in format 1 */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_FullColNames   0x00000004  /* Show full column names on SELECT */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_FullFSync      0x00000008  /* Use full fsync on the backend */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_CkptFullFSync  0x00000010  /* Use full fsync for checkpoint */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_CacheSpill     0x00000020  /* OK to spill pager cache */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_ShortColNames  0x00000040  /* Show short columns names */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_TrustedSchema  0x00000080  /* Allow unsafe functions and | 
 |                                           ** vtabs in the schema definition */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_NullCallback   0x00000100  /* Invoke the callback once if the */ | 
 |                                           /*   result set is empty */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_IgnoreChecks   0x00000200  /* Do not enforce check constraints */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_StmtScanStatus 0x00000400  /* Enable stmt_scanstats() counters */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose  0x00000800  /* No checkpoint on close()/DETACH */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_ReverseOrder   0x00001000  /* Reverse unordered SELECTs */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_RecTriggers    0x00002000  /* Enable recursive triggers */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_ForeignKeys    0x00004000  /* Enforce foreign key constraints  */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_AutoIndex      0x00008000  /* Enable automatic indexes */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_LoadExtension  0x00010000  /* Enable load_extension */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_LoadExtFunc    0x00020000  /* Enable load_extension() SQL func */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_EnableTrigger  0x00040000  /* True to enable triggers */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_DeferFKs       0x00080000  /* Defer all FK constraints */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_QueryOnly      0x00100000  /* Disable database changes */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_CellSizeCk     0x00200000  /* Check btree cell sizes on load */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_Fts3Tokenizer  0x00400000  /* Enable fts3_tokenizer(2) */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_EnableQPSG     0x00800000  /* Query Planner Stability Guarantee*/ | 
 | #define SQLITE_TriggerEQP     0x01000000  /* Show trigger EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_ResetDatabase  0x02000000  /* Reset the database */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_LegacyAlter    0x04000000  /* Legacy ALTER TABLE behaviour */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_NoSchemaError  0x08000000  /* Do not report schema parse errors*/ | 
 | #define SQLITE_Defensive      0x10000000  /* Input SQL is likely hostile */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_DqsDDL         0x20000000  /* dbl-quoted strings allowed in DDL*/ | 
 | #define SQLITE_DqsDML         0x40000000  /* dbl-quoted strings allowed in DML*/ | 
 | #define SQLITE_EnableView     0x80000000  /* Enable the use of views */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_CountRows      HI(0x00001) /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */ | 
 |                                           /*   DELETE, or UPDATE and return */ | 
 |                                           /*   the count using a callback. */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_CorruptRdOnly  HI(0x00002) /* Prohibit writes due to error */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_ReadUncommit   HI(0x00004) /* READ UNCOMMITTED in shared-cache */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_FkNoAction     HI(0x00008) /* Treat all FK as NO ACTION */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* Flags used only if debugging */ | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG | 
 | #define SQLITE_SqlTrace       HI(0x0100000) /* Debug print SQL as it executes */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_VdbeListing    HI(0x0200000) /* Debug listings of VDBE progs */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_VdbeTrace      HI(0x0400000) /* True to trace VDBE execution */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace HI(0x0800000) /* Trace sqlite3VdbeAddOp() calls */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_VdbeEQP        HI(0x1000000) /* Debug EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_ParserTrace    HI(0x2000000) /* PRAGMA parser_trace=ON */ | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Allowed values for sqlite3.mDbFlags | 
 | */ | 
 | #define DBFLAG_SchemaChange   0x0001  /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */ | 
 | #define DBFLAG_PreferBuiltin  0x0002  /* Preference to built-in funcs */ | 
 | #define DBFLAG_Vacuum         0x0004  /* Currently in a VACUUM */ | 
 | #define DBFLAG_VacuumInto     0x0008  /* Currently running VACUUM INTO */ | 
 | #define DBFLAG_SchemaKnownOk  0x0010  /* Schema is known to be valid */ | 
 | #define DBFLAG_InternalFunc   0x0020  /* Allow use of internal functions */ | 
 | #define DBFLAG_EncodingFixed  0x0040  /* No longer possible to change enc. */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Bits of the sqlite3.dbOptFlags field that are used by the | 
 | ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) interface to | 
 | ** selectively disable various optimizations. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_QueryFlattener 0x00000001 /* Query flattening */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_WindowFunc     0x00000002 /* Use xInverse for window functions */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_GroupByOrder   0x00000004 /* GROUPBY cover of ORDERBY */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_FactorOutConst 0x00000008 /* Constant factoring */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_DistinctOpt    0x00000010 /* DISTINCT using indexes */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_CoverIdxScan   0x00000020 /* Covering index scans */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin 0x00000040 /* ORDER BY of joins via index */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_Transitive     0x00000080 /* Transitive constraints */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin   0x00000100 /* Omit unused tables in joins */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_CountOfView    0x00000200 /* The count-of-view optimization */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_CursorHints    0x00000400 /* Add OP_CursorHint opcodes */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_Stat4          0x00000800 /* Use STAT4 data */ | 
 |    /* TH3 expects this value  ^^^^^^^^^^ to be 0x0000800. Don't change it */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_PushDown       0x00001000 /* WHERE-clause push-down opt */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_SimplifyJoin   0x00002000 /* Convert LEFT JOIN to JOIN */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_SkipScan       0x00004000 /* Skip-scans */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_PropagateConst 0x00008000 /* The constant propagation opt */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_MinMaxOpt      0x00010000 /* The min/max optimization */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_SeekScan       0x00020000 /* The OP_SeekScan optimization */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_OmitOrderBy    0x00040000 /* Omit pointless ORDER BY */ | 
 |    /* TH3 expects this value  ^^^^^^^^^^ to be 0x40000. Coordinate any change */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_BloomFilter    0x00080000 /* Use a Bloom filter on searches */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_BloomPulldown  0x00100000 /* Run Bloom filters early */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_BalancedMerge  0x00200000 /* Balance multi-way merges */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_ReleaseReg     0x00400000 /* Use OP_ReleaseReg for testing */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_FlttnUnionAll  0x00800000 /* Disable the UNION ALL flattener */ | 
 |    /* TH3 expects this value  ^^^^^^^^^^ See flatten04.test */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_IndexedExpr    0x01000000 /* Pull exprs from index when able */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_Coroutines     0x02000000 /* Co-routines for subqueries */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_NullUnusedCols 0x04000000 /* NULL unused columns in subqueries */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_OnePass        0x08000000 /* Single-pass DELETE and UPDATE */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_AllOpts        0xffffffff /* All optimizations */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Macros for testing whether or not optimizations are enabled or disabled. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask)  (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))!=0) | 
 | #define OptimizationEnabled(db, mask)   (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))==0) | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Return true if it OK to factor constant expressions into the initialization | 
 | ** code. The argument is a Parse object for the code generator. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define ConstFactorOk(P) ((P)->okConstFactor) | 
 |  | 
 | /* Possible values for the sqlite3.eOpenState field. | 
 | ** The numbers are randomly selected such that a minimum of three bits must | 
 | ** change to convert any number to another or to zero | 
 | */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_STATE_OPEN     0x76  /* Database is open */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_STATE_CLOSED   0xce  /* Database is closed */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_STATE_SICK     0xba  /* Error and awaiting close */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_STATE_BUSY     0x6d  /* Database currently in use */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_STATE_ERROR    0xd5  /* An SQLITE_MISUSE error occurred */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_STATE_ZOMBIE   0xa7  /* Close with last statement close */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Each SQL function is defined by an instance of the following | 
 | ** structure.  For global built-in functions (ex: substr(), max(), count()) | 
 | ** a pointer to this structure is held in the sqlite3BuiltinFunctions object. | 
 | ** For per-connection application-defined functions, a pointer to this | 
 | ** structure is held in the db->aHash hash table. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The u.pHash field is used by the global built-ins.  The u.pDestructor | 
 | ** field is used by per-connection app-def functions. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct FuncDef { | 
 |   i8 nArg;             /* Number of arguments.  -1 means unlimited */ | 
 |   u32 funcFlags;       /* Some combination of SQLITE_FUNC_* */ | 
 |   void *pUserData;     /* User data parameter */ | 
 |   FuncDef *pNext;      /* Next function with same name */ | 
 |   void (*xSFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* func or agg-step */ | 
 |   void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*);                  /* Agg finalizer */ | 
 |   void (*xValue)(sqlite3_context*);                     /* Current agg value */ | 
 |   void (*xInverse)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* inverse agg-step */ | 
 |   const char *zName;   /* SQL name of the function. */ | 
 |   union { | 
 |     FuncDef *pHash;      /* Next with a different name but the same hash */ | 
 |     FuncDestructor *pDestructor;   /* Reference counted destructor function */ | 
 |   } u; /* pHash if SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN, pDestructor otherwise */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** This structure encapsulates a user-function destructor callback (as | 
 | ** configured using create_function_v2()) and a reference counter. When | 
 | ** create_function_v2() is called to create a function with a destructor, | 
 | ** a single object of this type is allocated. FuncDestructor.nRef is set to | 
 | ** the number of FuncDef objects created (either 1 or 3, depending on whether | 
 | ** or not the specified encoding is SQLITE_ANY). The FuncDef.pDestructor | 
 | ** member of each of the new FuncDef objects is set to point to the allocated | 
 | ** FuncDestructor. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Thereafter, when one of the FuncDef objects is deleted, the reference | 
 | ** count on this object is decremented. When it reaches 0, the destructor | 
 | ** is invoked and the FuncDestructor structure freed. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct FuncDestructor { | 
 |   int nRef; | 
 |   void (*xDestroy)(void *); | 
 |   void *pUserData; | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Possible values for FuncDef.flags.  Note that the _LENGTH and _TYPEOF | 
 | ** values must correspond to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG and OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG.  And | 
 | ** SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT must be the same as SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC.  There | 
 | ** are assert() statements in the code to verify this. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Value constraints (enforced via assert()): | 
 | **     SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX      ==  NC_MinMaxAgg      == SF_MinMaxAgg | 
 | **     SQLITE_FUNC_ANYORDER    ==  NC_OrderAgg       == SF_OrderByReqd | 
 | **     SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH      ==  OPFLAG_LENGTHARG | 
 | **     SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF      ==  OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG | 
 | **     SQLITE_FUNC_BYTELEN     ==  OPFLAG_BYTELENARG | 
 | **     SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT    ==  SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC from the API | 
 | **     SQLITE_FUNC_DIRECT      ==  SQLITE_DIRECTONLY from the API | 
 | **     SQLITE_FUNC_UNSAFE      ==  SQLITE_INNOCUOUS  -- opposite meanings!!! | 
 | **     SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK   depends on SQLITE_UTF* macros in the API | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Note that even though SQLITE_FUNC_UNSAFE and SQLITE_INNOCUOUS have the | 
 | ** same bit value, their meanings are inverted.  SQLITE_FUNC_UNSAFE is | 
 | ** used internally and if set means that the function has side effects. | 
 | ** SQLITE_INNOCUOUS is used by application code and means "not unsafe". | 
 | ** See multiple instances of tag-20230109-1. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK  0x0003 /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE or UTF16LE */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE     0x0004 /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE     0x0008 /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM    0x0010 /* Ephemeral.  Delete with VDBE */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL 0x0020 /* sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called*/ | 
 | #define SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH   0x0040 /* Built-in length() function */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF   0x0080 /* Built-in typeof() function */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_FUNC_BYTELEN  0x00c0 /* Built-in octet_length() function */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT    0x0100 /* Built-in count(*) aggregate */ | 
 | /*                           0x0200 -- available for reuse */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY 0x0400 /* Built-in unlikely() function */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT 0x0800 /* Constant inputs give a constant output */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX   0x1000 /* True for min() and max() aggregates */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG  0x2000 /* "Slow Change". Value constant during a | 
 |                                     ** single query - might change over time */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_FUNC_TEST     0x4000 /* Built-in testing functions */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_FUNC_RUNONLY  0x8000 /* Cannot be used by valueFromFunction */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW   0x00010000 /* Built-in window-only function */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_FUNC_INTERNAL 0x00040000 /* For use by NestedParse() only */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_FUNC_DIRECT   0x00080000 /* Not for use in TRIGGERs or VIEWs */ | 
 | /* SQLITE_SUBTYPE            0x00100000 // Consumer of subtypes */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_FUNC_UNSAFE   0x00200000 /* Function has side effects */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_FUNC_INLINE   0x00400000 /* Functions implemented in-line */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN  0x00800000 /* This is a built-in function */ | 
 | /*  SQLITE_RESULT_SUBTYPE    0x01000000 // Generator of subtypes */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_FUNC_ANYORDER 0x08000000 /* count/min/max aggregate */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* Identifier numbers for each in-line function */ | 
 | #define INLINEFUNC_coalesce             0 | 
 | #define INLINEFUNC_implies_nonnull_row  1 | 
 | #define INLINEFUNC_expr_implies_expr    2 | 
 | #define INLINEFUNC_expr_compare         3 | 
 | #define INLINEFUNC_affinity             4 | 
 | #define INLINEFUNC_iif                  5 | 
 | #define INLINEFUNC_sqlite_offset        6 | 
 | #define INLINEFUNC_unlikely            99  /* Default case */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The following three macros, FUNCTION(), LIKEFUNC() and AGGREGATE() are | 
 | ** used to create the initializers for the FuncDef structures. | 
 | ** | 
 | **   FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) | 
 | **     Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName | 
 | **     implemented by C function xFunc that accepts nArg arguments. The | 
 | **     value passed as iArg is cast to a (void*) and made available | 
 | **     as the user-data (sqlite3_user_data()) for the function. If | 
 | **     argument bNC is true, then the SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL flag is set. | 
 | ** | 
 | **   VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) | 
 | **     Like FUNCTION except it omits the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flag. | 
 | ** | 
 | **   SFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) | 
 | **     Like FUNCTION except it omits the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flag and | 
 | **     adds the SQLITE_DIRECTONLY flag. | 
 | ** | 
 | **   INLINE_FUNC(zName, nArg, iFuncId, mFlags) | 
 | **     zName is the name of a function that is implemented by in-line | 
 | **     byte code rather than by the usual callbacks. The iFuncId | 
 | **     parameter determines the function id.  The mFlags parameter is | 
 | **     optional SQLITE_FUNC_ flags for this function. | 
 | ** | 
 | **   TEST_FUNC(zName, nArg, iFuncId, mFlags) | 
 | **     zName is the name of a test-only function implemented by in-line | 
 | **     byte code rather than by the usual callbacks. The iFuncId | 
 | **     parameter determines the function id.  The mFlags parameter is | 
 | **     optional SQLITE_FUNC_ flags for this function. | 
 | ** | 
 | **   DFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) | 
 | **     Like FUNCTION except it omits the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flag and | 
 | **     adds the SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG flag.  Used for date & time functions | 
 | **     and functions like sqlite_version() that can change, but not during | 
 | **     a single query.  The iArg is ignored.  The user-data is always set | 
 | **     to a NULL pointer.  The bNC parameter is not used. | 
 | ** | 
 | **   MFUNCTION(zName, nArg, xPtr, xFunc) | 
 | **     For math-library functions.  xPtr is an arbitrary pointer. | 
 | ** | 
 | **   PURE_DATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) | 
 | **     Used for "pure" date/time functions, this macro is like DFUNCTION | 
 | **     except that it does set the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flags.  iArg is | 
 | **     ignored and the user-data for these functions is set to an | 
 | **     arbitrary non-NULL pointer.  The bNC parameter is not used. | 
 | ** | 
 | **   AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xStep, xFinal) | 
 | **     Used to create an aggregate function definition implemented by | 
 | **     the C functions xStep and xFinal. The first four parameters | 
 | **     are interpreted in the same way as the first 4 parameters to | 
 | **     FUNCTION(). | 
 | ** | 
 | **   WAGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, xStep, xFinal, xValue, xInverse) | 
 | **     Used to create an aggregate function definition implemented by | 
 | **     the C functions xStep and xFinal. The first four parameters | 
 | **     are interpreted in the same way as the first 4 parameters to | 
 | **     FUNCTION(). | 
 | ** | 
 | **   LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, pArg, flags) | 
 | **     Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName | 
 | **     that accepts nArg arguments and is implemented by a call to C | 
 | **     function likeFunc. Argument pArg is cast to a (void *) and made | 
 | **     available as the function user-data (sqlite3_user_data()). The | 
 | **     FuncDef.flags variable is set to the value passed as the flags | 
 | **     parameter. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \ | 
 |   {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN|\ | 
 |    SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ | 
 |    SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} } | 
 | #define VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \ | 
 |   {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ | 
 |    SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} } | 
 | #define SFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \ | 
 |   {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN|SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DIRECTONLY|SQLITE_FUNC_UNSAFE, \ | 
 |    SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} } | 
 | #define MFUNCTION(zName, nArg, xPtr, xFunc) \ | 
 |   {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN|SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8, \ | 
 |    xPtr, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} } | 
 | #define JFUNCTION(zName, nArg, bUseCache, bWS, bRS, bJsonB, iArg, xFunc) \ | 
 |   {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC|SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|\ | 
 |    SQLITE_UTF8|((bUseCache)*SQLITE_FUNC_RUNONLY)|\ | 
 |    ((bRS)*SQLITE_SUBTYPE)|((bWS)*SQLITE_RESULT_SUBTYPE), \ | 
 |    SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg|((bJsonB)*JSON_BLOB)),0,xFunc,0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} } | 
 | #define INLINE_FUNC(zName, nArg, iArg, mFlags) \ | 
 |   {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN|\ | 
 |    SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_FUNC_INLINE|SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|(mFlags), \ | 
 |    SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, noopFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} } | 
 | #define TEST_FUNC(zName, nArg, iArg, mFlags) \ | 
 |   {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN|\ | 
 |          SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_FUNC_INTERNAL|SQLITE_FUNC_TEST| \ | 
 |          SQLITE_FUNC_INLINE|SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|(mFlags), \ | 
 |    SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, noopFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} } | 
 | #define DFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \ | 
 |   {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN|SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG|SQLITE_UTF8, \ | 
 |    0, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} } | 
 | #define PURE_DATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \ | 
 |   {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN|\ | 
 |          SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG|SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT, \ | 
 |    (void*)&sqlite3Config, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} } | 
 | #define FUNCTION2(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc, extraFlags) \ | 
 |   {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN|\ | 
 |    SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)|extraFlags,\ | 
 |    SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} } | 
 | #define STR_FUNCTION(zName, nArg, pArg, bNC, xFunc) \ | 
 |   {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN|\ | 
 |    SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ | 
 |    pArg, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, } | 
 | #define LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, arg, flags) \ | 
 |   {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN|SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|flags, \ | 
 |    (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} } | 
 | #define WAGGREGATE(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal, xValue, xInverse, f) \ | 
 |   {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN|SQLITE_UTF8|(nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)|f, \ | 
 |    SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, xStep,xFinal,xValue,xInverse,#zName, {0}} | 
 | #define INTERNAL_FUNCTION(zName, nArg, xFunc) \ | 
 |   {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_BUILTIN|\ | 
 |    SQLITE_FUNC_INTERNAL|SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT, \ | 
 |    0, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} } | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** All current savepoints are stored in a linked list starting at | 
 | ** sqlite3.pSavepoint. The first element in the list is the most recently | 
 | ** opened savepoint. Savepoints are added to the list by the vdbe | 
 | ** OP_Savepoint instruction. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct Savepoint { | 
 |   char *zName;                        /* Savepoint name (nul-terminated) */ | 
 |   i64 nDeferredCons;                  /* Number of deferred fk violations */ | 
 |   i64 nDeferredImmCons;               /* Number of deferred imm fk. */ | 
 |   Savepoint *pNext;                   /* Parent savepoint (if any) */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The following are used as the second parameter to sqlite3Savepoint(), | 
 | ** and as the P1 argument to the OP_Savepoint instruction. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define SAVEPOINT_BEGIN      0 | 
 | #define SAVEPOINT_RELEASE    1 | 
 | #define SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK   2 | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Each SQLite module (virtual table definition) is defined by an | 
 | ** instance of the following structure, stored in the sqlite3.aModule | 
 | ** hash table. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct Module { | 
 |   const sqlite3_module *pModule;       /* Callback pointers */ | 
 |   const char *zName;                   /* Name passed to create_module() */ | 
 |   int nRefModule;                      /* Number of pointers to this object */ | 
 |   void *pAux;                          /* pAux passed to create_module() */ | 
 |   void (*xDestroy)(void *);            /* Module destructor function */ | 
 |   Table *pEpoTab;                      /* Eponymous table for this module */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Information about each column of an SQL table is held in an instance | 
 | ** of the Column structure, in the Table.aCol[] array. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Definitions: | 
 | ** | 
 | **   "table column index"     This is the index of the column in the | 
 | **                            Table.aCol[] array, and also the index of | 
 | **                            the column in the original CREATE TABLE stmt. | 
 | ** | 
 | **   "storage column index"   This is the index of the column in the | 
 | **                            record BLOB generated by the OP_MakeRecord | 
 | **                            opcode.  The storage column index is less than | 
 | **                            or equal to the table column index.  It is | 
 | **                            equal if and only if there are no VIRTUAL | 
 | **                            columns to the left. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Notes on zCnName: | 
 | ** The zCnName field stores the name of the column, the datatype of the | 
 | ** column, and the collating sequence for the column, in that order, all in | 
 | ** a single allocation.  Each string is 0x00 terminated.  The datatype | 
 | ** is only included if the COLFLAG_HASTYPE bit of colFlags is set and the | 
 | ** collating sequence name is only included if the COLFLAG_HASCOLL bit is | 
 | ** set. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct Column { | 
 |   char *zCnName;        /* Name of this column */ | 
 |   unsigned notNull :4;  /* An OE_ code for handling a NOT NULL constraint */ | 
 |   unsigned eCType :4;   /* One of the standard types */ | 
 |   char affinity;        /* One of the SQLITE_AFF_... values */ | 
 |   u8 szEst;             /* Est size of value in this column. sizeof(INT)==1 */ | 
 |   u8 hName;             /* Column name hash for faster lookup */ | 
 |   u16 iDflt;            /* 1-based index of DEFAULT.  0 means "none" */ | 
 |   u16 colFlags;         /* Boolean properties.  See COLFLAG_ defines below */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* Allowed values for Column.eCType. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Values must match entries in the global constant arrays | 
 | ** sqlite3StdTypeLen[] and sqlite3StdType[].  Each value is one more | 
 | ** than the offset into these arrays for the corresponding name. | 
 | ** Adjust the SQLITE_N_STDTYPE value if adding or removing entries. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define COLTYPE_CUSTOM      0   /* Type appended to zName */ | 
 | #define COLTYPE_ANY         1 | 
 | #define COLTYPE_BLOB        2 | 
 | #define COLTYPE_INT         3 | 
 | #define COLTYPE_INTEGER     4 | 
 | #define COLTYPE_REAL        5 | 
 | #define COLTYPE_TEXT        6 | 
 | #define SQLITE_N_STDTYPE    6  /* Number of standard types */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* Allowed values for Column.colFlags. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Constraints: | 
 | **         TF_HasVirtual == COLFLAG_VIRTUAL | 
 | **         TF_HasStored  == COLFLAG_STORED | 
 | **         TF_HasHidden  == COLFLAG_HIDDEN | 
 | */ | 
 | #define COLFLAG_PRIMKEY   0x0001   /* Column is part of the primary key */ | 
 | #define COLFLAG_HIDDEN    0x0002   /* A hidden column in a virtual table */ | 
 | #define COLFLAG_HASTYPE   0x0004   /* Type name follows column name */ | 
 | #define COLFLAG_UNIQUE    0x0008   /* Column def contains "UNIQUE" or "PK" */ | 
 | #define COLFLAG_SORTERREF 0x0010   /* Use sorter-refs with this column */ | 
 | #define COLFLAG_VIRTUAL   0x0020   /* GENERATED ALWAYS AS ... VIRTUAL */ | 
 | #define COLFLAG_STORED    0x0040   /* GENERATED ALWAYS AS ... STORED */ | 
 | #define COLFLAG_NOTAVAIL  0x0080   /* STORED column not yet calculated */ | 
 | #define COLFLAG_BUSY      0x0100   /* Blocks recursion on GENERATED columns */ | 
 | #define COLFLAG_HASCOLL   0x0200   /* Has collating sequence name in zCnName */ | 
 | #define COLFLAG_NOEXPAND  0x0400   /* Omit this column when expanding "*" */ | 
 | #define COLFLAG_GENERATED 0x0060   /* Combo: _STORED, _VIRTUAL */ | 
 | #define COLFLAG_NOINSERT  0x0062   /* Combo: _HIDDEN, _STORED, _VIRTUAL */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following | 
 | ** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and | 
 | ** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** If CollSeq.xCmp is NULL, it means that the | 
 | ** collating sequence is undefined.  Indices built on an undefined | 
 | ** collating sequence may not be read or written. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct CollSeq { | 
 |   char *zName;          /* Name of the collating sequence, UTF-8 encoded */ | 
 |   u8 enc;               /* Text encoding handled by xCmp() */ | 
 |   void *pUser;          /* First argument to xCmp() */ | 
 |   int (*xCmp)(void*,int, const void*, int, const void*); | 
 |   void (*xDel)(void*);  /* Destructor for pUser */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** A sort order can be either ASC or DESC. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_SO_ASC       0  /* Sort in ascending order */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_SO_DESC      1  /* Sort in ascending order */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED -1 /* No sort order specified */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Column affinity types. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** These used to have mnemonic name like 'i' for SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER and | 
 | ** 't' for SQLITE_AFF_TEXT.  But we can save a little space and improve | 
 | ** the speed a little by numbering the values consecutively. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'A'.  That way, | 
 | ** when multiple affinity types are concatenated into a string and | 
 | ** used as the P4 operand, they will be more readable. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Note also that the numeric types are grouped together so that testing | 
 | ** for a numeric type is a single comparison.  And the BLOB type is first. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_AFF_NONE     0x40  /* '@' */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_AFF_BLOB     0x41  /* 'A' */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_AFF_TEXT     0x42  /* 'B' */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC  0x43  /* 'C' */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER  0x44  /* 'D' */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_AFF_REAL     0x45  /* 'E' */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_AFF_FLEXNUM  0x46  /* 'F' */ | 
 |  | 
 | #define sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(X)  ((X)>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC) | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK values masks off the significant bits of an | 
 | ** affinity value. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_AFF_MASK     0x47 | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Additional bit values that can be ORed with an affinity without | 
 | ** changing the affinity. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The SQLITE_NOTNULL flag is a combination of NULLEQ and JUMPIFNULL. | 
 | ** It causes an assert() to fire if either operand to a comparison | 
 | ** operator is NULL.  It is added to certain comparison operators to | 
 | ** prove that the operands are always NOT NULL. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL   0x10  /* jumps if either operand is NULL */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_NULLEQ       0x80  /* NULL=NULL */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_NOTNULL      0x90  /* Assert that operands are never NULL */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** An object of this type is created for each virtual table present in | 
 | ** the database schema. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** If the database schema is shared, then there is one instance of this | 
 | ** structure for each database connection (sqlite3*) that uses the shared | 
 | ** schema. This is because each database connection requires its own unique | 
 | ** instance of the sqlite3_vtab* handle used to access the virtual table | 
 | ** implementation. sqlite3_vtab* handles can not be shared between | 
 | ** database connections, even when the rest of the in-memory database | 
 | ** schema is shared, as the implementation often stores the database | 
 | ** connection handle passed to it via the xConnect() or xCreate() method | 
 | ** during initialization internally. This database connection handle may | 
 | ** then be used by the virtual table implementation to access real tables | 
 | ** within the database. So that they appear as part of the callers | 
 | ** transaction, these accesses need to be made via the same database | 
 | ** connection as that used to execute SQL operations on the virtual table. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** All VTable objects that correspond to a single table in a shared | 
 | ** database schema are initially stored in a linked-list pointed to by | 
 | ** the Table.pVTable member variable of the corresponding Table object. | 
 | ** When an sqlite3_prepare() operation is required to access the virtual | 
 | ** table, it searches the list for the VTable that corresponds to the | 
 | ** database connection doing the preparing so as to use the correct | 
 | ** sqlite3_vtab* handle in the compiled query. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** When an in-memory Table object is deleted (for example when the | 
 | ** schema is being reloaded for some reason), the VTable objects are not | 
 | ** deleted and the sqlite3_vtab* handles are not xDisconnect()ed | 
 | ** immediately. Instead, they are moved from the Table.pVTable list to | 
 | ** another linked list headed by the sqlite3.pDisconnect member of the | 
 | ** corresponding sqlite3 structure. They are then deleted/xDisconnected | 
 | ** next time a statement is prepared using said sqlite3*. This is done | 
 | ** to avoid deadlock issues involving multiple sqlite3.mutex mutexes. | 
 | ** Refer to comments above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an | 
 | ** explanation as to why it is safe to add an entry to an sqlite3.pDisconnect | 
 | ** list without holding the corresponding sqlite3.mutex mutex. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The memory for objects of this type is always allocated by | 
 | ** sqlite3DbMalloc(), using the connection handle stored in VTable.db as | 
 | ** the first argument. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct VTable { | 
 |   sqlite3 *db;              /* Database connection associated with this table */ | 
 |   Module *pMod;             /* Pointer to module implementation */ | 
 |   sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;      /* Pointer to vtab instance */ | 
 |   int nRef;                 /* Number of pointers to this structure */ | 
 |   u8 bConstraint;           /* True if constraints are supported */ | 
 |   u8 bAllSchemas;           /* True if might use any attached schema */ | 
 |   u8 eVtabRisk;             /* Riskiness of allowing hacker access */ | 
 |   int iSavepoint;           /* Depth of the SAVEPOINT stack */ | 
 |   VTable *pNext;            /* Next in linked list (see above) */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* Allowed values for VTable.eVtabRisk | 
 | */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_VTABRISK_Low          0 | 
 | #define SQLITE_VTABRISK_Normal       1 | 
 | #define SQLITE_VTABRISK_High         2 | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The schema for each SQL table, virtual table, and view is represented | 
 | ** in memory by an instance of the following structure. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct Table { | 
 |   char *zName;         /* Name of the table or view */ | 
 |   Column *aCol;        /* Information about each column */ | 
 |   Index *pIndex;       /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */ | 
 |   char *zColAff;       /* String defining the affinity of each column */ | 
 |   ExprList *pCheck;    /* All CHECK constraints */ | 
 |                        /*   ... also used as column name list in a VIEW */ | 
 |   Pgno tnum;           /* Root BTree page for this table */ | 
 |   u32 nTabRef;         /* Number of pointers to this Table */ | 
 |   u32 tabFlags;        /* Mask of TF_* values */ | 
 |   i16 iPKey;           /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the rowid */ | 
 |   i16 nCol;            /* Number of columns in this table */ | 
 |   i16 nNVCol;          /* Number of columns that are not VIRTUAL */ | 
 |   LogEst nRowLogEst;   /* Estimated rows in table - from sqlite_stat1 table */ | 
 |   LogEst szTabRow;     /* Estimated size of each table row in bytes */ | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT | 
 |   LogEst costMult;     /* Cost multiplier for using this table */ | 
 | #endif | 
 |   u8 keyConf;          /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */ | 
 |   u8 eTabType;         /* 0: normal, 1: virtual, 2: view */ | 
 |   union { | 
 |     struct {             /* Used by ordinary tables: */ | 
 |       int addColOffset;    /* Offset in CREATE TABLE stmt to add a new column */ | 
 |       FKey *pFKey;         /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */ | 
 |       ExprList *pDfltList; /* DEFAULT clauses on various columns. | 
 |                            ** Or the AS clause for generated columns. */ | 
 |     } tab; | 
 |     struct {             /* Used by views: */ | 
 |       Select *pSelect;     /* View definition */ | 
 |     } view; | 
 |     struct {             /* Used by virtual tables only: */ | 
 |       int nArg;            /* Number of arguments to the module */ | 
 |       char **azArg;        /* 0: module 1: schema 2: vtab name 3...: args */ | 
 |       VTable *p;           /* List of VTable objects. */ | 
 |     } vtab; | 
 |   } u; | 
 |   Trigger *pTrigger;   /* List of triggers on this object */ | 
 |   Schema *pSchema;     /* Schema that contains this table */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Allowed values for Table.tabFlags. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** TF_OOOHidden applies to tables or view that have hidden columns that are | 
 | ** followed by non-hidden columns.  Example:  "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE x USING | 
 | ** vtab1(a HIDDEN, b);".  Since "b" is a non-hidden column but "a" is hidden, | 
 | ** the TF_OOOHidden attribute would apply in this case.  Such tables require | 
 | ** special handling during INSERT processing. The "OOO" means "Out Of Order". | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Constraints: | 
 | ** | 
 | **         TF_HasVirtual == COLFLAG_VIRTUAL | 
 | **         TF_HasStored  == COLFLAG_STORED | 
 | **         TF_HasHidden  == COLFLAG_HIDDEN | 
 | */ | 
 | #define TF_Readonly       0x00000001 /* Read-only system table */ | 
 | #define TF_HasHidden      0x00000002 /* Has one or more hidden columns */ | 
 | #define TF_HasPrimaryKey  0x00000004 /* Table has a primary key */ | 
 | #define TF_Autoincrement  0x00000008 /* Integer primary key is autoincrement */ | 
 | #define TF_HasStat1       0x00000010 /* nRowLogEst set from sqlite_stat1 */ | 
 | #define TF_HasVirtual     0x00000020 /* Has one or more VIRTUAL columns */ | 
 | #define TF_HasStored      0x00000040 /* Has one or more STORED columns */ | 
 | #define TF_HasGenerated   0x00000060 /* Combo: HasVirtual + HasStored */ | 
 | #define TF_WithoutRowid   0x00000080 /* No rowid.  PRIMARY KEY is the key */ | 
 | #define TF_MaybeReanalyze 0x00000100 /* Maybe run ANALYZE on this table */ | 
 | #define TF_NoVisibleRowid 0x00000200 /* No user-visible "rowid" column */ | 
 | #define TF_OOOHidden      0x00000400 /* Out-of-Order hidden columns */ | 
 | #define TF_HasNotNull     0x00000800 /* Contains NOT NULL constraints */ | 
 | #define TF_Shadow         0x00001000 /* True for a shadow table */ | 
 | #define TF_HasStat4       0x00002000 /* STAT4 info available for this table */ | 
 | #define TF_Ephemeral      0x00004000 /* An ephemeral table */ | 
 | #define TF_Eponymous      0x00008000 /* An eponymous virtual table */ | 
 | #define TF_Strict         0x00010000 /* STRICT mode */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Allowed values for Table.eTabType | 
 | */ | 
 | #define TABTYP_NORM      0     /* Ordinary table */ | 
 | #define TABTYP_VTAB      1     /* Virtual table */ | 
 | #define TABTYP_VIEW      2     /* A view */ | 
 |  | 
 | #define IsView(X)           ((X)->eTabType==TABTYP_VIEW) | 
 | #define IsOrdinaryTable(X)  ((X)->eTabType==TABTYP_NORM) | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Test to see whether or not a table is a virtual table.  This is | 
 | ** done as a macro so that it will be optimized out when virtual | 
 | ** table support is omitted from the build. | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE | 
 | #  define IsVirtual(X)      ((X)->eTabType==TABTYP_VTAB) | 
 | #  define ExprIsVtab(X)  \ | 
 |    ((X)->op==TK_COLUMN && (X)->y.pTab->eTabType==TABTYP_VTAB) | 
 | #else | 
 | #  define IsVirtual(X)      0 | 
 | #  define ExprIsVtab(X)     0 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Macros to determine if a column is hidden.  IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn() | 
 | ** only works for non-virtual tables (ordinary tables and views) and is | 
 | ** always false unless SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS is defined.  The | 
 | ** IsHiddenColumn() macro is general purpose. | 
 | */ | 
 | #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS) | 
 | #  define IsHiddenColumn(X)         (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0) | 
 | #  define IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(X) (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0) | 
 | #elif !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) | 
 | #  define IsHiddenColumn(X)         (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0) | 
 | #  define IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(X) 0 | 
 | #else | 
 | #  define IsHiddenColumn(X)         0 | 
 | #  define IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(X) 0 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | /* Does the table have a rowid */ | 
 | #define HasRowid(X)     (((X)->tabFlags & TF_WithoutRowid)==0) | 
 | #define VisibleRowid(X) (((X)->tabFlags & TF_NoVisibleRowid)==0) | 
 |  | 
 | /* Macro is true if the SQLITE_ALLOW_ROWID_IN_VIEW (mis-)feature is | 
 | ** available.  By default, this macro is false | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_ALLOW_ROWID_IN_VIEW | 
 | # define ViewCanHaveRowid     0 | 
 | #else | 
 | # define ViewCanHaveRowid     (sqlite3Config.mNoVisibleRowid==0) | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Each foreign key constraint is an instance of the following structure. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** A foreign key is associated with two tables.  The "from" table is | 
 | ** the table that contains the REFERENCES clause that creates the foreign | 
 | ** key.  The "to" table is the table that is named in the REFERENCES clause. | 
 | ** Consider this example: | 
 | ** | 
 | **     CREATE TABLE ex1( | 
 | **       a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, | 
 | **       b INTEGER CONSTRAINT fk1 REFERENCES ex2(x) | 
 | **     ); | 
 | ** | 
 | ** For foreign key "fk1", the from-table is "ex1" and the to-table is "ex2". | 
 | ** Equivalent names: | 
 | ** | 
 | **     from-table == child-table | 
 | **       to-table == parent-table | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure | 
 | ** which is attached to the from-table.  The to-table need not exist when | 
 | ** the from-table is created.  The existence of the to-table is not checked. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The list of all parents for child Table X is held at X.pFKey. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** A list of all children for a table named Z (which might not even exist) | 
 | ** is held in Schema.fkeyHash with a hash key of Z. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct FKey { | 
 |   Table *pFrom;     /* Table containing the REFERENCES clause (aka: Child) */ | 
 |   FKey *pNextFrom;  /* Next FKey with the same in pFrom. Next parent of pFrom */ | 
 |   char *zTo;        /* Name of table that the key points to (aka: Parent) */ | 
 |   FKey *pNextTo;    /* Next with the same zTo. Next child of zTo. */ | 
 |   FKey *pPrevTo;    /* Previous with the same zTo */ | 
 |   int nCol;         /* Number of columns in this key */ | 
 |   /* EV: R-30323-21917 */ | 
 |   u8 isDeferred;       /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */ | 
 |   u8 aAction[2];        /* ON DELETE and ON UPDATE actions, respectively */ | 
 |   Trigger *apTrigger[2];/* Triggers for aAction[] actions */ | 
 |   struct sColMap {      /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */ | 
 |     int iFrom;            /* Index of column in pFrom */ | 
 |     char *zCol;           /* Name of column in zTo.  If NULL use PRIMARY KEY */ | 
 |   } aCol[1];            /* One entry for each of nCol columns */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** SQLite supports many different ways to resolve a constraint | 
 | ** error.  ROLLBACK processing means that a constraint violation | 
 | ** causes the operation in process to fail and for the current transaction | 
 | ** to be rolled back.  ABORT processing means the operation in process | 
 | ** fails and any prior changes from that one operation are backed out, | 
 | ** but the transaction is not rolled back.  FAIL processing means that | 
 | ** the operation in progress stops and returns an error code.  But prior | 
 | ** changes due to the same operation are not backed out and no rollback | 
 | ** occurs.  IGNORE means that the particular row that caused the constraint | 
 | ** error is not inserted or updated.  Processing continues and no error | 
 | ** is returned.  REPLACE means that preexisting database rows that caused | 
 | ** a UNIQUE constraint violation are removed so that the new insert or | 
 | ** update can proceed.  Processing continues and no error is reported. | 
 | ** UPDATE applies to insert operations only and means that the insert | 
 | ** is omitted and the DO UPDATE clause of an upsert is run instead. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** RESTRICT, SETNULL, SETDFLT, and CASCADE actions apply only to foreign keys. | 
 | ** RESTRICT is the same as ABORT for IMMEDIATE foreign keys and the | 
 | ** same as ROLLBACK for DEFERRED keys.  SETNULL means that the foreign | 
 | ** key is set to NULL.  SETDFLT means that the foreign key is set | 
 | ** to its default value.  CASCADE means that a DELETE or UPDATE of the | 
 | ** referenced table row is propagated into the row that holds the | 
 | ** foreign key. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The OE_Default value is a place holder that means to use whatever | 
 | ** conflict resolution algorithm is required from context. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The following symbolic values are used to record which type | 
 | ** of conflict resolution action to take. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define OE_None     0   /* There is no constraint to check */ | 
 | #define OE_Rollback 1   /* Fail the operation and rollback the transaction */ | 
 | #define OE_Abort    2   /* Back out changes but do no rollback transaction */ | 
 | #define OE_Fail     3   /* Stop the operation but leave all prior changes */ | 
 | #define OE_Ignore   4   /* Ignore the error. Do not do the INSERT or UPDATE */ | 
 | #define OE_Replace  5   /* Delete existing record, then do INSERT or UPDATE */ | 
 | #define OE_Update   6   /* Process as a DO UPDATE in an upsert */ | 
 | #define OE_Restrict 7   /* OE_Abort for IMMEDIATE, OE_Rollback for DEFERRED */ | 
 | #define OE_SetNull  8   /* Set the foreign key value to NULL */ | 
 | #define OE_SetDflt  9   /* Set the foreign key value to its default */ | 
 | #define OE_Cascade  10  /* Cascade the changes */ | 
 | #define OE_Default  11  /* Do whatever the default action is */ | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first | 
 | ** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the | 
 | ** comparison of the two index keys. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Note that aSortOrder[] and aColl[] have nField+1 slots.  There | 
 | ** are nField slots for the columns of an index then one extra slot | 
 | ** for the rowid at the end. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct KeyInfo { | 
 |   u32 nRef;           /* Number of references to this KeyInfo object */ | 
 |   u8 enc;             /* Text encoding - one of the SQLITE_UTF* values */ | 
 |   u16 nKeyField;      /* Number of key columns in the index */ | 
 |   u16 nAllField;      /* Total columns, including key plus others */ | 
 |   sqlite3 *db;        /* The database connection */ | 
 |   u8 *aSortFlags;     /* Sort order for each column. */ | 
 |   CollSeq *aColl[1];  /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Allowed bit values for entries in the KeyInfo.aSortFlags[] array. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define KEYINFO_ORDER_DESC    0x01    /* DESC sort order */ | 
 | #define KEYINFO_ORDER_BIGNULL 0x02    /* NULL is larger than any other value */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** This object holds a record which has been parsed out into individual | 
 | ** fields, for the purposes of doing a comparison. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** A record is an object that contains one or more fields of data. | 
 | ** Records are used to store the content of a table row and to store | 
 | ** the key of an index.  A blob encoding of a record is created by | 
 | ** the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE and is disassembled by the | 
 | ** OP_Column opcode. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** An instance of this object serves as a "key" for doing a search on | 
 | ** an index b+tree. The goal of the search is to find the entry that | 
 | ** is closed to the key described by this object.  This object might hold | 
 | ** just a prefix of the key.  The number of fields is given by | 
 | ** pKeyInfo->nField. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The r1 and r2 fields are the values to return if this key is less than | 
 | ** or greater than a key in the btree, respectively.  These are normally | 
 | ** -1 and +1 respectively, but might be inverted to +1 and -1 if the b-tree | 
 | ** is in DESC order. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The key comparison functions actually return default_rc when they find | 
 | ** an equals comparison.  default_rc can be -1, 0, or +1.  If there are | 
 | ** multiple entries in the b-tree with the same key (when only looking | 
 | ** at the first pKeyInfo->nFields,) then default_rc can be set to -1 to | 
 | ** cause the search to find the last match, or +1 to cause the search to | 
 | ** find the first match. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The key comparison functions will set eqSeen to true if they ever | 
 | ** get and equal results when comparing this structure to a b-tree record. | 
 | ** When default_rc!=0, the search might end up on the record immediately | 
 | ** before the first match or immediately after the last match.  The | 
 | ** eqSeen field will indicate whether or not an exact match exists in the | 
 | ** b-tree. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct UnpackedRecord { | 
 |   KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;  /* Collation and sort-order information */ | 
 |   Mem *aMem;          /* Values */ | 
 |   union { | 
 |     char *z;            /* Cache of aMem[0].z for vdbeRecordCompareString() */ | 
 |     i64 i;              /* Cache of aMem[0].u.i for vdbeRecordCompareInt() */ | 
 |   } u; | 
 |   int n;              /* Cache of aMem[0].n used by vdbeRecordCompareString() */ | 
 |   u16 nField;         /* Number of entries in apMem[] */ | 
 |   i8 default_rc;      /* Comparison result if keys are equal */ | 
 |   u8 errCode;         /* Error detected by xRecordCompare (CORRUPT or NOMEM) */ | 
 |   i8 r1;              /* Value to return if (lhs < rhs) */ | 
 |   i8 r2;              /* Value to return if (lhs > rhs) */ | 
 |   u8 eqSeen;          /* True if an equality comparison has been seen */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an | 
 | ** instance of the following structure. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The columns of the table that are to be indexed are described | 
 | ** by the aiColumn[] field of this structure.  For example, suppose | 
 | ** we have the following table and index: | 
 | ** | 
 | **     CREATE TABLE Ex1(c1 int, c2 int, c3 text); | 
 | **     CREATE INDEX Ex2 ON Ex1(c3,c1); | 
 | ** | 
 | ** In the Table structure describing Ex1, nCol==3 because there are | 
 | ** three columns in the table.  In the Index structure describing | 
 | ** Ex2, nColumn==2 since 2 of the 3 columns of Ex1 are indexed. | 
 | ** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}.  aiColumn[0]==2 because the | 
 | ** first column to be indexed (c3) has an index of 2 in Ex1.aCol[]. | 
 | ** The second column to be indexed (c1) has an index of 0 in | 
 | ** Ex1.aCol[], hence Ex2.aiColumn[1]==0. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The Index.onError field determines whether or not the indexed columns | 
 | ** must be unique and what to do if they are not.  When Index.onError=OE_None, | 
 | ** it means this is not a unique index.  Otherwise it is a unique index | 
 | ** and the value of Index.onError indicates which conflict resolution | 
 | ** algorithm to employ when an attempt is made to insert a non-unique | 
 | ** element. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The colNotIdxed bitmask is used in combination with SrcItem.colUsed | 
 | ** for a fast test to see if an index can serve as a covering index. | 
 | ** colNotIdxed has a 1 bit for every column of the original table that | 
 | ** is *not* available in the index.  Thus the expression | 
 | ** "colUsed & colNotIdxed" will be non-zero if the index is not a | 
 | ** covering index.  The most significant bit of of colNotIdxed will always | 
 | ** be true (note-20221022-a).  If a column beyond the 63rd column of the | 
 | ** table is used, the "colUsed & colNotIdxed" test will always be non-zero | 
 | ** and we have to assume either that the index is not covering, or use | 
 | ** an alternative (slower) algorithm to determine whether or not | 
 | ** the index is covering. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** While parsing a CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement in order to | 
 | ** generate VDBE code (as opposed to parsing one read from an sqlite_schema | 
 | ** table as part of parsing an existing database schema), transient instances | 
 | ** of this structure may be created. In this case the Index.tnum variable is | 
 | ** used to store the address of a VDBE instruction, not a database page | 
 | ** number (it cannot - the database page is not allocated until the VDBE | 
 | ** program is executed). See convertToWithoutRowidTable() for details. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct Index { | 
 |   char *zName;             /* Name of this index */ | 
 |   i16 *aiColumn;           /* Which columns are used by this index.  1st is 0 */ | 
 |   LogEst *aiRowLogEst;     /* From ANALYZE: Est. rows selected by each column */ | 
 |   Table *pTable;           /* The SQL table being indexed */ | 
 |   char *zColAff;           /* String defining the affinity of each column */ | 
 |   Index *pNext;            /* The next index associated with the same table */ | 
 |   Schema *pSchema;         /* Schema containing this index */ | 
 |   u8 *aSortOrder;          /* for each column: True==DESC, False==ASC */ | 
 |   const char **azColl;     /* Array of collation sequence names for index */ | 
 |   Expr *pPartIdxWhere;     /* WHERE clause for partial indices */ | 
 |   ExprList *aColExpr;      /* Column expressions */ | 
 |   Pgno tnum;               /* DB Page containing root of this index */ | 
 |   LogEst szIdxRow;         /* Estimated average row size in bytes */ | 
 |   u16 nKeyCol;             /* Number of columns forming the key */ | 
 |   u16 nColumn;             /* Number of columns stored in the index */ | 
 |   u8 onError;              /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */ | 
 |   unsigned idxType:2;      /* 0:Normal 1:UNIQUE, 2:PRIMARY KEY, 3:IPK */ | 
 |   unsigned bUnordered:1;   /* Use this index for == or IN queries only */ | 
 |   unsigned uniqNotNull:1;  /* True if UNIQUE and NOT NULL for all columns */ | 
 |   unsigned isResized:1;    /* True if resizeIndexObject() has been called */ | 
 |   unsigned isCovering:1;   /* True if this is a covering index */ | 
 |   unsigned noSkipScan:1;   /* Do not try to use skip-scan if true */ | 
 |   unsigned hasStat1:1;     /* aiRowLogEst values come from sqlite_stat1 */ | 
 |   unsigned bLowQual:1;     /* sqlite_stat1 says this is a low-quality index */ | 
 |   unsigned bNoQuery:1;     /* Do not use this index to optimize queries */ | 
 |   unsigned bAscKeyBug:1;   /* True if the bba7b69f9849b5bf bug applies */ | 
 |   unsigned bHasVCol:1;     /* Index references one or more VIRTUAL columns */ | 
 |   unsigned bHasExpr:1;     /* Index contains an expression, either a literal | 
 |                            ** expression, or a reference to a VIRTUAL column */ | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 | 
 |   int nSample;             /* Number of elements in aSample[] */ | 
 |   int mxSample;            /* Number of slots allocated to aSample[] */ | 
 |   int nSampleCol;          /* Size of IndexSample.anEq[] and so on */ | 
 |   tRowcnt *aAvgEq;         /* Average nEq values for keys not in aSample */ | 
 |   IndexSample *aSample;    /* Samples of the left-most key */ | 
 |   tRowcnt *aiRowEst;       /* Non-logarithmic stat1 data for this index */ | 
 |   tRowcnt nRowEst0;        /* Non-logarithmic number of rows in the index */ | 
 | #endif | 
 |   Bitmask colNotIdxed;     /* Unindexed columns in pTab */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Allowed values for Index.idxType | 
 | */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF      0   /* Created using CREATE INDEX */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE      1   /* Implements a UNIQUE constraint */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY  2   /* Is the PRIMARY KEY for the table */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_IPK         3   /* INTEGER PRIMARY KEY index */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* Return true if index X is a PRIMARY KEY index */ | 
 | #define IsPrimaryKeyIndex(X)  ((X)->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY) | 
 |  | 
 | /* Return true if index X is a UNIQUE index */ | 
 | #define IsUniqueIndex(X)      ((X)->onError!=OE_None) | 
 |  | 
 | /* The Index.aiColumn[] values are normally positive integer.  But | 
 | ** there are some negative values that have special meaning: | 
 | */ | 
 | #define XN_ROWID     (-1)     /* Indexed column is the rowid */ | 
 | #define XN_EXPR      (-2)     /* Indexed column is an expression */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Each sample stored in the sqlite_stat4 table is represented in memory | 
 | ** using a structure of this type.  See documentation at the top of the | 
 | ** analyze.c source file for additional information. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct IndexSample { | 
 |   void *p;          /* Pointer to sampled record */ | 
 |   int n;            /* Size of record in bytes */ | 
 |   tRowcnt *anEq;    /* Est. number of rows where the key equals this sample */ | 
 |   tRowcnt *anLt;    /* Est. number of rows where key is less than this sample */ | 
 |   tRowcnt *anDLt;   /* Est. number of distinct keys less than this sample */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Possible values to use within the flags argument to sqlite3GetToken(). | 
 | */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_TOKEN_QUOTED    0x1 /* Token is a quoted identifier. */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_TOKEN_KEYWORD   0x2 /* Token is a keyword. */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Each token coming out of the lexer is an instance of | 
 | ** this structure.  Tokens are also used as part of an expression. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The memory that "z" points to is owned by other objects.  Take care | 
 | ** that the owner of the "z" string does not deallocate the string before | 
 | ** the Token goes out of scope!  Very often, the "z" points to some place | 
 | ** in the middle of the Parse.zSql text.  But it might also point to a | 
 | ** static string. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct Token { | 
 |   const char *z;     /* Text of the token.  Not NULL-terminated! */ | 
 |   unsigned int n;    /* Number of characters in this token */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** An instance of this structure contains information needed to generate | 
 | ** code for a SELECT that contains aggregate functions. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** If Expr.op==TK_AGG_COLUMN or TK_AGG_FUNCTION then Expr.pAggInfo is a | 
 | ** pointer to this structure.  The Expr.iAgg field is the index in | 
 | ** AggInfo.aCol[] or AggInfo.aFunc[] of information needed to generate | 
 | ** code for that node. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** AggInfo.pGroupBy and AggInfo.aFunc.pExpr point to fields within the | 
 | ** original Select structure that describes the SELECT statement.  These | 
 | ** fields do not need to be freed when deallocating the AggInfo structure. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct AggInfo { | 
 |   u8 directMode;          /* Direct rendering mode means take data directly | 
 |                           ** from source tables rather than from accumulators */ | 
 |   u8 useSortingIdx;       /* In direct mode, reference the sorting index rather | 
 |                           ** than the source table */ | 
 |   u16 nSortingColumn;     /* Number of columns in the sorting index */ | 
 |   int sortingIdx;         /* Cursor number of the sorting index */ | 
 |   int sortingIdxPTab;     /* Cursor number of pseudo-table */ | 
 |   int iFirstReg;          /* First register in range for aCol[] and aFunc[] */ | 
 |   ExprList *pGroupBy;     /* The group by clause */ | 
 |   struct AggInfo_col {    /* For each column used in source tables */ | 
 |     Table *pTab;             /* Source table */ | 
 |     Expr *pCExpr;            /* The original expression */ | 
 |     int iTable;              /* Cursor number of the source table */ | 
 |     i16 iColumn;             /* Column number within the source table */ | 
 |     i16 iSorterColumn;       /* Column number in the sorting index */ | 
 |   } *aCol; | 
 |   int nColumn;            /* Number of used entries in aCol[] */ | 
 |   int nAccumulator;       /* Number of columns that show through to the output. | 
 |                           ** Additional columns are used only as parameters to | 
 |                           ** aggregate functions */ | 
 |   struct AggInfo_func {   /* For each aggregate function */ | 
 |     Expr *pFExpr;            /* Expression encoding the function */ | 
 |     FuncDef *pFunc;          /* The aggregate function implementation */ | 
 |     int iDistinct;           /* Ephemeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */ | 
 |     int iDistAddr;           /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral */ | 
 |     int iOBTab;              /* Ephemeral table to implement ORDER BY */ | 
 |     u8 bOBPayload;           /* iOBTab has payload columns separate from key */ | 
 |     u8 bOBUnique;            /* Enforce uniqueness on iOBTab keys */ | 
 |     u8 bUseSubtype;          /* Transfer subtype info through sorter */ | 
 |   } *aFunc; | 
 |   int nFunc;              /* Number of entries in aFunc[] */ | 
 |   u32 selId;              /* Select to which this AggInfo belongs */ | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG | 
 |   Select *pSelect;        /* SELECT statement that this AggInfo supports */ | 
 | #endif | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Macros to compute aCol[] and aFunc[] register numbers. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** These macros should not be used prior to the call to | 
 | ** assignAggregateRegisters() that computes the value of pAggInfo->iFirstReg. | 
 | ** The assert()s that are part of this macro verify that constraint. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define AggInfoColumnReg(A,I)  (assert((A)->iFirstReg),(A)->iFirstReg+(I)) | 
 | #define AggInfoFuncReg(A,I)    \ | 
 |                       (assert((A)->iFirstReg),(A)->iFirstReg+(A)->nColumn+(I)) | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The datatype ynVar is a signed integer, either 16-bit or 32-bit. | 
 | ** Usually it is 16-bits.  But if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER is greater | 
 | ** than 32767 we have to make it 32-bit.  16-bit is preferred because | 
 | ** it uses less memory in the Expr object, which is a big memory user | 
 | ** in systems with lots of prepared statements.  And few applications | 
 | ** need more than about 10 or 20 variables.  But some extreme users want | 
 | ** to have prepared statements with over 32766 variables, and for them | 
 | ** the option is available (at compile-time). | 
 | */ | 
 | #if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER<32767 | 
 | typedef i16 ynVar; | 
 | #else | 
 | typedef int ynVar; | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Each node of an expression in the parse tree is an instance | 
 | ** of this structure. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Expr.op is the opcode. The integer parser token codes are reused | 
 | ** as opcodes here. For example, the parser defines TK_GE to be an integer | 
 | ** code representing the ">=" operator. This same integer code is reused | 
 | ** to represent the greater-than-or-equal-to operator in the expression | 
 | ** tree. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** If the expression is an SQL literal (TK_INTEGER, TK_FLOAT, TK_BLOB, | 
 | ** or TK_STRING), then Expr.u.zToken contains the text of the SQL literal. If | 
 | ** the expression is a variable (TK_VARIABLE), then Expr.u.zToken contains the | 
 | ** variable name. Finally, if the expression is an SQL function (TK_FUNCTION), | 
 | ** then Expr.u.zToken contains the name of the function. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Expr.pRight and Expr.pLeft are the left and right subexpressions of a | 
 | ** binary operator. Either or both may be NULL. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Expr.x.pList is a list of arguments if the expression is an SQL function, | 
 | ** a CASE expression or an IN expression of the form "<lhs> IN (<y>, <z>...)". | 
 | ** Expr.x.pSelect is used if the expression is a sub-select or an expression of | 
 | ** the form "<lhs> IN (SELECT ...)". If the EP_xIsSelect bit is set in the | 
 | ** Expr.flags mask, then Expr.x.pSelect is valid. Otherwise, Expr.x.pList is | 
 | ** valid. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** An expression of the form ID or ID.ID refers to a column in a table. | 
 | ** For such expressions, Expr.op is set to TK_COLUMN and Expr.iTable is | 
 | ** the integer cursor number of a VDBE cursor pointing to that table and | 
 | ** Expr.iColumn is the column number for the specific column.  If the | 
 | ** expression is used as a result in an aggregate SELECT, then the | 
 | ** value is also stored in the Expr.iAgg column in the aggregate so that | 
 | ** it can be accessed after all aggregates are computed. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** If the expression is an unbound variable marker (a question mark | 
 | ** character '?' in the original SQL) then the Expr.iTable holds the index | 
 | ** number for that variable. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** If the expression is a subquery then Expr.iColumn holds an integer | 
 | ** register number containing the result of the subquery.  If the | 
 | ** subquery gives a constant result, then iTable is -1.  If the subquery | 
 | ** gives a different answer at different times during statement processing | 
 | ** then iTable is the address of a subroutine that computes the subquery. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** If the Expr is of type OP_Column, and the table it is selecting from | 
 | ** is a disk table or the "old.*" pseudo-table, then pTab points to the | 
 | ** corresponding table definition. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** ALLOCATION NOTES: | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Expr objects can use a lot of memory space in database schema.  To | 
 | ** help reduce memory requirements, sometimes an Expr object will be | 
 | ** truncated.  And to reduce the number of memory allocations, sometimes | 
 | ** two or more Expr objects will be stored in a single memory allocation, | 
 | ** together with Expr.u.zToken strings. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** If the EP_Reduced and EP_TokenOnly flags are set when | 
 | ** an Expr object is truncated.  When EP_Reduced is set, then all | 
 | ** the child Expr objects in the Expr.pLeft and Expr.pRight subtrees | 
 | ** are contained within the same memory allocation.  Note, however, that | 
 | ** the subtrees in Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect are always separately | 
 | ** allocated, regardless of whether or not EP_Reduced is set. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct Expr { | 
 |   u8 op;                 /* Operation performed by this node */ | 
 |   char affExpr;          /* affinity, or RAISE type */ | 
 |   u8 op2;                /* TK_REGISTER/TK_TRUTH: original value of Expr.op | 
 |                          ** TK_COLUMN: the value of p5 for OP_Column | 
 |                          ** TK_AGG_FUNCTION: nesting depth | 
 |                          ** TK_FUNCTION: NC_SelfRef flag if needs OP_PureFunc */ | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG | 
 |   u8 vvaFlags;           /* Verification flags. */ | 
 | #endif | 
 |   u32 flags;             /* Various flags.  EP_* See below */ | 
 |   union { | 
 |     char *zToken;          /* Token value. Zero terminated and dequoted */ | 
 |     int iValue;            /* Non-negative integer value if EP_IntValue */ | 
 |   } u; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* If the EP_TokenOnly flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no | 
 |   ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to | 
 |   ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. | 
 |   *********************************************************************/ | 
 |  | 
 |   Expr *pLeft;           /* Left subnode */ | 
 |   Expr *pRight;          /* Right subnode */ | 
 |   union { | 
 |     ExprList *pList;     /* op = IN, EXISTS, SELECT, CASE, FUNCTION, BETWEEN */ | 
 |     Select *pSelect;     /* EP_xIsSelect and op = IN, EXISTS, SELECT */ | 
 |   } x; | 
 |  | 
 |   /* If the EP_Reduced flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no | 
 |   ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to | 
 |   ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. | 
 |   *********************************************************************/ | 
 |  | 
 | #if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 | 
 |   int nHeight;           /* Height of the tree headed by this node */ | 
 | #endif | 
 |   int iTable;            /* TK_COLUMN: cursor number of table holding column | 
 |                          ** TK_REGISTER: register number | 
 |                          ** TK_TRIGGER: 1 -> new, 0 -> old | 
 |                          ** EP_Unlikely:  134217728 times likelihood | 
 |                          ** TK_IN: ephemeral table holding RHS | 
 |                          ** TK_SELECT_COLUMN: Number of columns on the LHS | 
 |                          ** TK_SELECT: 1st register of result vector */ | 
 |   ynVar iColumn;         /* TK_COLUMN: column index.  -1 for rowid. | 
 |                          ** TK_VARIABLE: variable number (always >= 1). | 
 |                          ** TK_SELECT_COLUMN: column of the result vector */ | 
 |   i16 iAgg;              /* Which entry in pAggInfo->aCol[] or ->aFunc[] */ | 
 |   union { | 
 |     int iJoin;             /* If EP_OuterON or EP_InnerON, the right table */ | 
 |     int iOfst;             /* else: start of token from start of statement */ | 
 |   } w; | 
 |   AggInfo *pAggInfo;     /* Used by TK_AGG_COLUMN and TK_AGG_FUNCTION */ | 
 |   union { | 
 |     Table *pTab;           /* TK_COLUMN: Table containing column. Can be NULL | 
 |                            ** for a column of an index on an expression */ | 
 |     Window *pWin;          /* EP_WinFunc: Window/Filter defn for a function */ | 
 |     struct {               /* TK_IN, TK_SELECT, and TK_EXISTS */ | 
 |       int iAddr;             /* Subroutine entry address */ | 
 |       int regReturn;         /* Register used to hold return address */ | 
 |     } sub; | 
 |   } y; | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* The following are the meanings of bits in the Expr.flags field. | 
 | ** Value restrictions: | 
 | ** | 
 | **          EP_Agg == NC_HasAgg == SF_HasAgg | 
 | **          EP_Win == NC_HasWin | 
 | */ | 
 | #define EP_OuterON    0x000001 /* Originates in ON/USING clause of outer join */ | 
 | #define EP_InnerON    0x000002 /* Originates in ON/USING of an inner join */ | 
 | #define EP_Distinct   0x000004 /* Aggregate function with DISTINCT keyword */ | 
 | #define EP_HasFunc    0x000008 /* Contains one or more functions of any kind */ | 
 | #define EP_Agg        0x000010 /* Contains one or more aggregate functions */ | 
 | #define EP_FixedCol   0x000020 /* TK_Column with a known fixed value */ | 
 | #define EP_VarSelect  0x000040 /* pSelect is correlated, not constant */ | 
 | #define EP_DblQuoted  0x000080 /* token.z was originally in "..." */ | 
 | #define EP_InfixFunc  0x000100 /* True for an infix function: LIKE, GLOB, etc */ | 
 | #define EP_Collate    0x000200 /* Tree contains a TK_COLLATE operator */ | 
 | #define EP_Commuted   0x000400 /* Comparison operator has been commuted */ | 
 | #define EP_IntValue   0x000800 /* Integer value contained in u.iValue */ | 
 | #define EP_xIsSelect  0x001000 /* x.pSelect is valid (otherwise x.pList is) */ | 
 | #define EP_Skip       0x002000 /* Operator does not contribute to affinity */ | 
 | #define EP_Reduced    0x004000 /* Expr struct EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE bytes only */ | 
 | #define EP_Win        0x008000 /* Contains window functions */ | 
 | #define EP_TokenOnly  0x010000 /* Expr struct EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE bytes only */ | 
 | #define EP_FullSize   0x020000 /* Expr structure must remain full sized */ | 
 | #define EP_IfNullRow  0x040000 /* The TK_IF_NULL_ROW opcode */ | 
 | #define EP_Unlikely   0x080000 /* unlikely() or likelihood() function */ | 
 | #define EP_ConstFunc  0x100000 /* A SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT or _SLOCHNG function */ | 
 | #define EP_CanBeNull  0x200000 /* Can be null despite NOT NULL constraint */ | 
 | #define EP_Subquery   0x400000 /* Tree contains a TK_SELECT operator */ | 
 | #define EP_Leaf       0x800000 /* Expr.pLeft, .pRight, .u.pSelect all NULL */ | 
 | #define EP_WinFunc   0x1000000 /* TK_FUNCTION with Expr.y.pWin set */ | 
 | #define EP_Subrtn    0x2000000 /* Uses Expr.y.sub. TK_IN, _SELECT, or _EXISTS */ | 
 | #define EP_Quoted    0x4000000 /* TK_ID was originally quoted */ | 
 | #define EP_Static    0x8000000 /* Held in memory not obtained from malloc() */ | 
 | #define EP_IsTrue   0x10000000 /* Always has boolean value of TRUE */ | 
 | #define EP_IsFalse  0x20000000 /* Always has boolean value of FALSE */ | 
 | #define EP_FromDDL  0x40000000 /* Originates from sqlite_schema */ | 
 |                /*   0x80000000 // Available */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* The EP_Propagate mask is a set of properties that automatically propagate | 
 | ** upwards into parent nodes. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define EP_Propagate (EP_Collate|EP_Subquery|EP_HasFunc) | 
 |  | 
 | /* Macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the | 
 | ** Expr.flags field. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define ExprHasProperty(E,P)     (((E)->flags&(P))!=0) | 
 | #define ExprHasAllProperty(E,P)  (((E)->flags&(P))==(P)) | 
 | #define ExprSetProperty(E,P)     (E)->flags|=(P) | 
 | #define ExprClearProperty(E,P)   (E)->flags&=~(P) | 
 | #define ExprAlwaysTrue(E)   (((E)->flags&(EP_OuterON|EP_IsTrue))==EP_IsTrue) | 
 | #define ExprAlwaysFalse(E)  (((E)->flags&(EP_OuterON|EP_IsFalse))==EP_IsFalse) | 
 | #define ExprIsFullSize(E)   (((E)->flags&(EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly))==0) | 
 |  | 
 | /* Macros used to ensure that the correct members of unions are accessed | 
 | ** in Expr. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define ExprUseUToken(E)    (((E)->flags&EP_IntValue)==0) | 
 | #define ExprUseUValue(E)    (((E)->flags&EP_IntValue)!=0) | 
 | #define ExprUseWOfst(E)     (((E)->flags&(EP_InnerON|EP_OuterON))==0) | 
 | #define ExprUseWJoin(E)     (((E)->flags&(EP_InnerON|EP_OuterON))!=0) | 
 | #define ExprUseXList(E)     (((E)->flags&EP_xIsSelect)==0) | 
 | #define ExprUseXSelect(E)   (((E)->flags&EP_xIsSelect)!=0) | 
 | #define ExprUseYTab(E)      (((E)->flags&(EP_WinFunc|EP_Subrtn))==0) | 
 | #define ExprUseYWin(E)      (((E)->flags&EP_WinFunc)!=0) | 
 | #define ExprUseYSub(E)      (((E)->flags&EP_Subrtn)!=0) | 
 |  | 
 | /* Flags for use with Expr.vvaFlags | 
 | */ | 
 | #define EP_NoReduce   0x01  /* Cannot EXPRDUP_REDUCE this Expr */ | 
 | #define EP_Immutable  0x02  /* Do not change this Expr node */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* The ExprSetVVAProperty() macro is used for Verification, Validation, | 
 | ** and Accreditation only.  It works like ExprSetProperty() during VVA | 
 | ** processes but is a no-op for delivery. | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG | 
 | # define ExprSetVVAProperty(E,P)   (E)->vvaFlags|=(P) | 
 | # define ExprHasVVAProperty(E,P)   (((E)->vvaFlags&(P))!=0) | 
 | # define ExprClearVVAProperties(E) (E)->vvaFlags = 0 | 
 | #else | 
 | # define ExprSetVVAProperty(E,P) | 
 | # define ExprHasVVAProperty(E,P)   0 | 
 | # define ExprClearVVAProperties(E) | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Macros to determine the number of bytes required by a normal Expr | 
 | ** struct, an Expr struct with the EP_Reduced flag set in Expr.flags | 
 | ** and an Expr struct with the EP_TokenOnly flag set. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define EXPR_FULLSIZE           sizeof(Expr)           /* Full size */ | 
 | #define EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE        offsetof(Expr,iTable)  /* Common features */ | 
 | #define EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE      offsetof(Expr,pLeft)   /* Fewer features */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Flags passed to the sqlite3ExprDup() function. See the header comment | 
 | ** above sqlite3ExprDup() for details. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define EXPRDUP_REDUCE         0x0001  /* Used reduced-size Expr nodes */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** True if the expression passed as an argument was a function with | 
 | ** an OVER() clause (a window function). | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC | 
 | # define IsWindowFunc(p) 0 | 
 | #else | 
 | # define IsWindowFunc(p) ( \ | 
 |     ExprHasProperty((p), EP_WinFunc) && p->y.pWin->eFrmType!=TK_FILTER \ | 
 |  ) | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** A list of expressions.  Each expression may optionally have a | 
 | ** name.  An expr/name combination can be used in several ways, such | 
 | ** as the list of "expr AS ID" fields following a "SELECT" or in the | 
 | ** list of "ID = expr" items in an UPDATE.  A list of expressions can | 
 | ** also be used as the argument to a function, in which case the a.zName | 
 | ** field is not used. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** In order to try to keep memory usage down, the Expr.a.zEName field | 
 | ** is used for multiple purposes: | 
 | ** | 
 | **     eEName          Usage | 
 | **    ----------       ------------------------- | 
 | **    ENAME_NAME       (1) the AS of result set column | 
 | **                     (2) COLUMN= of an UPDATE | 
 | ** | 
 | **    ENAME_TAB        DB.TABLE.NAME used to resolve names | 
 | **                     of subqueries | 
 | ** | 
 | **    ENAME_SPAN       Text of the original result set | 
 | **                     expression. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct ExprList { | 
 |   int nExpr;             /* Number of expressions on the list */ | 
 |   int nAlloc;            /* Number of a[] slots allocated */ | 
 |   struct ExprList_item { /* For each expression in the list */ | 
 |     Expr *pExpr;            /* The parse tree for this expression */ | 
 |     char *zEName;           /* Token associated with this expression */ | 
 |     struct { | 
 |       u8 sortFlags;           /* Mask of KEYINFO_ORDER_* flags */ | 
 |       unsigned eEName :2;     /* Meaning of zEName */ | 
 |       unsigned done :1;       /* Indicates when processing is finished */ | 
 |       unsigned reusable :1;   /* Constant expression is reusable */ | 
 |       unsigned bSorterRef :1; /* Defer evaluation until after sorting */ | 
 |       unsigned bNulls :1;     /* True if explicit "NULLS FIRST/LAST" */ | 
 |       unsigned bUsed :1;      /* This column used in a SF_NestedFrom subquery */ | 
 |       unsigned bUsingTerm:1;  /* Term from the USING clause of a NestedFrom */ | 
 |       unsigned bNoExpand: 1;  /* Term is an auxiliary in NestedFrom and should | 
 |                               ** not be expanded by "*" in parent queries */ | 
 |     } fg; | 
 |     union { | 
 |       struct {             /* Used by any ExprList other than Parse.pConsExpr */ | 
 |         u16 iOrderByCol;      /* For ORDER BY, column number in result set */ | 
 |         u16 iAlias;           /* Index into Parse.aAlias[] for zName */ | 
 |       } x; | 
 |       int iConstExprReg;   /* Register in which Expr value is cached. Used only | 
 |                            ** by Parse.pConstExpr */ | 
 |     } u; | 
 |   } a[1];                  /* One slot for each expression in the list */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Allowed values for Expr.a.eEName | 
 | */ | 
 | #define ENAME_NAME  0       /* The AS clause of a result set */ | 
 | #define ENAME_SPAN  1       /* Complete text of the result set expression */ | 
 | #define ENAME_TAB   2       /* "DB.TABLE.NAME" for the result set */ | 
 | #define ENAME_ROWID 3       /* "DB.TABLE._rowid_" for * expansion of rowid */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** An instance of this structure can hold a simple list of identifiers, | 
 | ** such as the list "a,b,c" in the following statements: | 
 | ** | 
 | **      INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) VALUES ...; | 
 | **      CREATE INDEX idx ON t(a,b,c); | 
 | **      CREATE TRIGGER trig BEFORE UPDATE ON t(a,b,c) ...; | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The IdList.a.idx field is used when the IdList represents the list of | 
 | ** column names after a table name in an INSERT statement.  In the statement | 
 | ** | 
 | **     INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) ... | 
 | ** | 
 | ** If "a" is the k-th column of table "t", then IdList.a[0].idx==k. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct IdList { | 
 |   int nId;         /* Number of identifiers on the list */ | 
 |   u8 eU4;          /* Which element of a.u4 is valid */ | 
 |   struct IdList_item { | 
 |     char *zName;      /* Name of the identifier */ | 
 |     union { | 
 |       int idx;          /* Index in some Table.aCol[] of a column named zName */ | 
 |       Expr *pExpr;      /* Expr to implement a USING variable -- NOT USED */ | 
 |     } u4; | 
 |   } a[1]; | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Allowed values for IdList.eType, which determines which value of the a.u4 | 
 | ** is valid. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define EU4_NONE   0   /* Does not use IdList.a.u4 */ | 
 | #define EU4_IDX    1   /* Uses IdList.a.u4.idx */ | 
 | #define EU4_EXPR   2   /* Uses IdList.a.u4.pExpr -- NOT CURRENTLY USED */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The SrcItem object represents a single term in the FROM clause of a query. | 
 | ** The SrcList object is mostly an array of SrcItems. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The jointype starts out showing the join type between the current table | 
 | ** and the next table on the list.  The parser builds the list this way. | 
 | ** But sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType() later shifts the jointypes so that each | 
 | ** jointype expresses the join between the table and the previous table. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** In the colUsed field, the high-order bit (bit 63) is set if the table | 
 | ** contains more than 63 columns and the 64-th or later column is used. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Union member validity: | 
 | ** | 
 | **    u1.zIndexedBy      fg.isIndexedBy && !fg.isTabFunc | 
 | **    u1.pFuncArg        fg.isTabFunc   && !fg.isIndexedBy | 
 | **    u1.nRow            !fg.isTabFunc  && !fg.isIndexedBy | 
 | ** | 
 | **    u2.pIBIndex        fg.isIndexedBy && !fg.isCte | 
 | **    u2.pCteUse         fg.isCte       && !fg.isIndexedBy | 
 | */ | 
 | struct SrcItem { | 
 |   Schema *pSchema;  /* Schema to which this item is fixed */ | 
 |   char *zDatabase;  /* Name of database holding this table */ | 
 |   char *zName;      /* Name of the table */ | 
 |   char *zAlias;     /* The "B" part of a "A AS B" phrase.  zName is the "A" */ | 
 |   Table *pTab;      /* An SQL table corresponding to zName */ | 
 |   Select *pSelect;  /* A SELECT statement used in place of a table name */ | 
 |   int addrFillSub;  /* Address of subroutine to manifest a subquery */ | 
 |   int regReturn;    /* Register holding return address of addrFillSub */ | 
 |   int regResult;    /* Registers holding results of a co-routine */ | 
 |   struct { | 
 |     u8 jointype;      /* Type of join between this table and the previous */ | 
 |     unsigned notIndexed :1;    /* True if there is a NOT INDEXED clause */ | 
 |     unsigned isIndexedBy :1;   /* True if there is an INDEXED BY clause */ | 
 |     unsigned isTabFunc :1;     /* True if table-valued-function syntax */ | 
 |     unsigned isCorrelated :1;  /* True if sub-query is correlated */ | 
 |     unsigned isMaterialized:1; /* This is a materialized view */ | 
 |     unsigned viaCoroutine :1;  /* Implemented as a co-routine */ | 
 |     unsigned isRecursive :1;   /* True for recursive reference in WITH */ | 
 |     unsigned fromDDL :1;       /* Comes from sqlite_schema */ | 
 |     unsigned isCte :1;         /* This is a CTE */ | 
 |     unsigned notCte :1;        /* This item may not match a CTE */ | 
 |     unsigned isUsing :1;       /* u3.pUsing is valid */ | 
 |     unsigned isOn :1;          /* u3.pOn was once valid and non-NULL */ | 
 |     unsigned isSynthUsing :1;  /* u3.pUsing is synthesized from NATURAL */ | 
 |     unsigned isNestedFrom :1;  /* pSelect is a SF_NestedFrom subquery */ | 
 |     unsigned rowidUsed :1;     /* The ROWID of this table is referenced */ | 
 |   } fg; | 
 |   int iCursor;      /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */ | 
 |   union { | 
 |     Expr *pOn;        /* fg.isUsing==0 =>  The ON clause of a join */ | 
 |     IdList *pUsing;   /* fg.isUsing==1 =>  The USING clause of a join */ | 
 |   } u3; | 
 |   Bitmask colUsed;  /* Bit N set if column N used. Details above for N>62 */ | 
 |   union { | 
 |     char *zIndexedBy;    /* Identifier from "INDEXED BY <zIndex>" clause */ | 
 |     ExprList *pFuncArg;  /* Arguments to table-valued-function */ | 
 |     u32 nRow;            /* Number of rows in a VALUES clause */ | 
 |   } u1; | 
 |   union { | 
 |     Index *pIBIndex;  /* Index structure corresponding to u1.zIndexedBy */ | 
 |     CteUse *pCteUse;  /* CTE Usage info when fg.isCte is true */ | 
 |   } u2; | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The OnOrUsing object represents either an ON clause or a USING clause. | 
 | ** It can never be both at the same time, but it can be neither. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct OnOrUsing { | 
 |   Expr *pOn;         /* The ON clause of a join */ | 
 |   IdList *pUsing;    /* The USING clause of a join */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** This object represents one or more tables that are the source of | 
 | ** content for an SQL statement.  For example, a single SrcList object | 
 | ** is used to hold the FROM clause of a SELECT statement.  SrcList also | 
 | ** represents the target tables for DELETE, INSERT, and UPDATE statements. | 
 | ** | 
 | */ | 
 | struct SrcList { | 
 |   int nSrc;        /* Number of tables or subqueries in the FROM clause */ | 
 |   u32 nAlloc;      /* Number of entries allocated in a[] below */ | 
 |   SrcItem a[1];    /* One entry for each identifier on the list */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Permitted values of the SrcList.a.jointype field | 
 | */ | 
 | #define JT_INNER     0x01    /* Any kind of inner or cross join */ | 
 | #define JT_CROSS     0x02    /* Explicit use of the CROSS keyword */ | 
 | #define JT_NATURAL   0x04    /* True for a "natural" join */ | 
 | #define JT_LEFT      0x08    /* Left outer join */ | 
 | #define JT_RIGHT     0x10    /* Right outer join */ | 
 | #define JT_OUTER     0x20    /* The "OUTER" keyword is present */ | 
 | #define JT_LTORJ     0x40    /* One of the LEFT operands of a RIGHT JOIN | 
 |                              ** Mnemonic: Left Table Of Right Join */ | 
 | #define JT_ERROR     0x80    /* unknown or unsupported join type */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Flags appropriate for the wctrlFlags parameter of sqlite3WhereBegin() | 
 | ** and the WhereInfo.wctrlFlags member. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Value constraints (enforced via assert()): | 
 | **     WHERE_USE_LIMIT  == SF_FixedLimit | 
 | */ | 
 | #define WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL   0x0000 /* No-op */ | 
 | #define WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN      0x0001 /* ORDER BY processing for min() func */ | 
 | #define WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX      0x0002 /* ORDER BY processing for max() func */ | 
 | #define WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED  0x0004 /* Want to do one-pass UPDATE/DELETE */ | 
 | #define WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW 0x0008 /* ONEPASS is ok with multiple rows */ | 
 | #define WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK    0x0010 /* Ok to return a row more than once */ | 
 | #define WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE     0x0020 /* Processing a sub-WHERE as part of | 
 |                                       ** the OR optimization  */ | 
 | #define WHERE_GROUPBY          0x0040 /* pOrderBy is really a GROUP BY */ | 
 | #define WHERE_DISTINCTBY       0x0080 /* pOrderby is really a DISTINCT clause */ | 
 | #define WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT    0x0100 /* All output needs to be distinct */ | 
 | #define WHERE_SORTBYGROUP      0x0200 /* Support sqlite3WhereIsSorted() */ | 
 | #define WHERE_AGG_DISTINCT     0x0400 /* Query is "SELECT agg(DISTINCT ...)" */ | 
 | #define WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT    0x0800 /* ORDERBY+LIMIT on the inner loop */ | 
 | #define WHERE_RIGHT_JOIN       0x1000 /* Processing a RIGHT JOIN */ | 
 |                         /*     0x2000    not currently used */ | 
 | #define WHERE_USE_LIMIT        0x4000 /* Use the LIMIT in cost estimates */ | 
 |                         /*     0x8000    not currently used */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* Allowed return values from sqlite3WhereIsDistinct() | 
 | */ | 
 | #define WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP      0  /* DISTINCT keyword not used */ | 
 | #define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE    1  /* No duplicates */ | 
 | #define WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED   2  /* All duplicates are adjacent */ | 
 | #define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED 3  /* Duplicates are scattered */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** A NameContext defines a context in which to resolve table and column | 
 | ** names.  The context consists of a list of tables (the pSrcList) field and | 
 | ** a list of named expression (pEList).  The named expression list may | 
 | ** be NULL.  The pSrc corresponds to the FROM clause of a SELECT or | 
 | ** to the table being operated on by INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE.  The | 
 | ** pEList corresponds to the result set of a SELECT and is NULL for | 
 | ** other statements. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** NameContexts can be nested.  When resolving names, the inner-most | 
 | ** context is searched first.  If no match is found, the next outer | 
 | ** context is checked.  If there is still no match, the next context | 
 | ** is checked.  This process continues until either a match is found | 
 | ** or all contexts are check.  When a match is found, the nRef member of | 
 | ** the context containing the match is incremented. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Each subquery gets a new NameContext.  The pNext field points to the | 
 | ** NameContext in the parent query.  Thus the process of scanning the | 
 | ** NameContext list corresponds to searching through successively outer | 
 | ** subqueries looking for a match. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct NameContext { | 
 |   Parse *pParse;       /* The parser */ | 
 |   SrcList *pSrcList;   /* One or more tables used to resolve names */ | 
 |   union { | 
 |     ExprList *pEList;    /* Optional list of result-set columns */ | 
 |     AggInfo *pAggInfo;   /* Information about aggregates at this level */ | 
 |     Upsert *pUpsert;     /* ON CONFLICT clause information from an upsert */ | 
 |     int iBaseReg;        /* For TK_REGISTER when parsing RETURNING */ | 
 |   } uNC; | 
 |   NameContext *pNext;  /* Next outer name context.  NULL for outermost */ | 
 |   int nRef;            /* Number of names resolved by this context */ | 
 |   int nNcErr;          /* Number of errors encountered while resolving names */ | 
 |   int ncFlags;         /* Zero or more NC_* flags defined below */ | 
 |   u32 nNestedSelect;   /* Number of nested selects using this NC */ | 
 |   Select *pWinSelect;  /* SELECT statement for any window functions */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Allowed values for the NameContext, ncFlags field. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Value constraints (all checked via assert()): | 
 | **    NC_HasAgg    == SF_HasAgg       == EP_Agg | 
 | **    NC_MinMaxAgg == SF_MinMaxAgg    == SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX | 
 | **    NC_OrderAgg  == SF_OrderByReqd  == SQLITE_FUNC_ANYORDER | 
 | **    NC_HasWin    == EP_Win | 
 | ** | 
 | */ | 
 | #define NC_AllowAgg  0x000001 /* Aggregate functions are allowed here */ | 
 | #define NC_PartIdx   0x000002 /* True if resolving a partial index WHERE */ | 
 | #define NC_IsCheck   0x000004 /* True if resolving a CHECK constraint */ | 
 | #define NC_GenCol    0x000008 /* True for a GENERATED ALWAYS AS clause */ | 
 | #define NC_HasAgg    0x000010 /* One or more aggregate functions seen */ | 
 | #define NC_IdxExpr   0x000020 /* True if resolving columns of CREATE INDEX */ | 
 | #define NC_SelfRef   0x00002e /* Combo: PartIdx, isCheck, GenCol, and IdxExpr */ | 
 | #define NC_Subquery  0x000040 /* A subquery has been seen */ | 
 | #define NC_UEList    0x000080 /* True if uNC.pEList is used */ | 
 | #define NC_UAggInfo  0x000100 /* True if uNC.pAggInfo is used */ | 
 | #define NC_UUpsert   0x000200 /* True if uNC.pUpsert is used */ | 
 | #define NC_UBaseReg  0x000400 /* True if uNC.iBaseReg is used */ | 
 | #define NC_MinMaxAgg 0x001000 /* min/max aggregates seen.  See note above */ | 
 | /*                   0x002000 // available for reuse */ | 
 | #define NC_AllowWin  0x004000 /* Window functions are allowed here */ | 
 | #define NC_HasWin    0x008000 /* One or more window functions seen */ | 
 | #define NC_IsDDL     0x010000 /* Resolving names in a CREATE statement */ | 
 | #define NC_InAggFunc 0x020000 /* True if analyzing arguments to an agg func */ | 
 | #define NC_FromDDL   0x040000 /* SQL text comes from sqlite_schema */ | 
 | #define NC_NoSelect  0x080000 /* Do not descend into sub-selects */ | 
 | #define NC_Where     0x100000 /* Processing WHERE clause of a SELECT */ | 
 | #define NC_OrderAgg 0x8000000 /* Has an aggregate other than count/min/max */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** An instance of the following object describes a single ON CONFLICT | 
 | ** clause in an upsert. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The pUpsertTarget field is only set if the ON CONFLICT clause includes | 
 | ** conflict-target clause.  (In "ON CONFLICT(a,b)" the "(a,b)" is the | 
 | ** conflict-target clause.)  The pUpsertTargetWhere is the optional | 
 | ** WHERE clause used to identify partial unique indexes. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** pUpsertSet is the list of column=expr terms of the UPDATE statement. | 
 | ** The pUpsertSet field is NULL for a ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING.  The | 
 | ** pUpsertWhere is the WHERE clause for the UPDATE and is NULL if the | 
 | ** WHERE clause is omitted. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct Upsert { | 
 |   ExprList *pUpsertTarget;  /* Optional description of conflict target */ | 
 |   Expr *pUpsertTargetWhere; /* WHERE clause for partial index targets */ | 
 |   ExprList *pUpsertSet;     /* The SET clause from an ON CONFLICT UPDATE */ | 
 |   Expr *pUpsertWhere;       /* WHERE clause for the ON CONFLICT UPDATE */ | 
 |   Upsert *pNextUpsert;      /* Next ON CONFLICT clause in the list */ | 
 |   u8 isDoUpdate;            /* True for DO UPDATE.  False for DO NOTHING */ | 
 |   u8 isDup;                 /* True if 2nd or later with same pUpsertIdx */ | 
 |   /* Above this point is the parse tree for the ON CONFLICT clauses. | 
 |   ** The next group of fields stores intermediate data. */ | 
 |   void *pToFree;            /* Free memory when deleting the Upsert object */ | 
 |   /* All fields above are owned by the Upsert object and must be freed | 
 |   ** when the Upsert is destroyed.  The fields below are used to transfer | 
 |   ** information from the INSERT processing down into the UPDATE processing | 
 |   ** while generating code.  The fields below are owned by the INSERT | 
 |   ** statement and will be freed by INSERT processing. */ | 
 |   Index *pUpsertIdx;        /* UNIQUE constraint specified by pUpsertTarget */ | 
 |   SrcList *pUpsertSrc;      /* Table to be updated */ | 
 |   int regData;              /* First register holding array of VALUES */ | 
 |   int iDataCur;             /* Index of the data cursor */ | 
 |   int iIdxCur;              /* Index of the first index cursor */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** An instance of the following structure contains all information | 
 | ** needed to generate code for a single SELECT statement. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** See the header comment on the computeLimitRegisters() routine for a | 
 | ** detailed description of the meaning of the iLimit and iOffset fields. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** addrOpenEphm[] entries contain the address of OP_OpenEphemeral opcodes. | 
 | ** These addresses must be stored so that we can go back and fill in | 
 | ** the P4_KEYINFO and P2 parameters later.  Neither the KeyInfo nor | 
 | ** the number of columns in P2 can be computed at the same time | 
 | ** as the OP_OpenEphm instruction is coded because not | 
 | ** enough information about the compound query is known at that point. | 
 | ** The KeyInfo for addrOpenTran[0] and [1] contains collating sequences | 
 | ** for the result set.  The KeyInfo for addrOpenEphm[2] contains collating | 
 | ** sequences for the ORDER BY clause. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct Select { | 
 |   u8 op;                 /* One of: TK_UNION TK_ALL TK_INTERSECT TK_EXCEPT */ | 
 |   LogEst nSelectRow;     /* Estimated number of result rows */ | 
 |   u32 selFlags;          /* Various SF_* values */ | 
 |   int iLimit, iOffset;   /* Memory registers holding LIMIT & OFFSET counters */ | 
 |   u32 selId;             /* Unique identifier number for this SELECT */ | 
 |   int addrOpenEphm[2];   /* OP_OpenEphem opcodes related to this select */ | 
 |   ExprList *pEList;      /* The fields of the result */ | 
 |   SrcList *pSrc;         /* The FROM clause */ | 
 |   Expr *pWhere;          /* The WHERE clause */ | 
 |   ExprList *pGroupBy;    /* The GROUP BY clause */ | 
 |   Expr *pHaving;         /* The HAVING clause */ | 
 |   ExprList *pOrderBy;    /* The ORDER BY clause */ | 
 |   Select *pPrior;        /* Prior select in a compound select statement */ | 
 |   Select *pNext;         /* Next select to the left in a compound */ | 
 |   Expr *pLimit;          /* LIMIT expression. NULL means not used. */ | 
 |   With *pWith;           /* WITH clause attached to this select. Or NULL. */ | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC | 
 |   Window *pWin;          /* List of window functions */ | 
 |   Window *pWinDefn;      /* List of named window definitions */ | 
 | #endif | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Allowed values for Select.selFlags.  The "SF" prefix stands for | 
 | ** "Select Flag". | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Value constraints (all checked via assert()) | 
 | **     SF_HasAgg      == NC_HasAgg | 
 | **     SF_MinMaxAgg   == NC_MinMaxAgg     == SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX | 
 | **     SF_OrderByReqd == NC_OrderAgg      == SQLITE_FUNC_ANYORDER | 
 | **     SF_FixedLimit  == WHERE_USE_LIMIT | 
 | */ | 
 | #define SF_Distinct      0x0000001 /* Output should be DISTINCT */ | 
 | #define SF_All           0x0000002 /* Includes the ALL keyword */ | 
 | #define SF_Resolved      0x0000004 /* Identifiers have been resolved */ | 
 | #define SF_Aggregate     0x0000008 /* Contains agg functions or a GROUP BY */ | 
 | #define SF_HasAgg        0x0000010 /* Contains aggregate functions */ | 
 | #define SF_UsesEphemeral 0x0000020 /* Uses the OpenEphemeral opcode */ | 
 | #define SF_Expanded      0x0000040 /* sqlite3SelectExpand() called on this */ | 
 | #define SF_HasTypeInfo   0x0000080 /* FROM subqueries have Table metadata */ | 
 | #define SF_Compound      0x0000100 /* Part of a compound query */ | 
 | #define SF_Values        0x0000200 /* Synthesized from VALUES clause */ | 
 | #define SF_MultiValue    0x0000400 /* Single VALUES term with multiple rows */ | 
 | #define SF_NestedFrom    0x0000800 /* Part of a parenthesized FROM clause */ | 
 | #define SF_MinMaxAgg     0x0001000 /* Aggregate containing min() or max() */ | 
 | #define SF_Recursive     0x0002000 /* The recursive part of a recursive CTE */ | 
 | #define SF_FixedLimit    0x0004000 /* nSelectRow set by a constant LIMIT */ | 
 | #define SF_MaybeConvert  0x0008000 /* Need convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */ | 
 | #define SF_Converted     0x0010000 /* By convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */ | 
 | #define SF_IncludeHidden 0x0020000 /* Include hidden columns in output */ | 
 | #define SF_ComplexResult 0x0040000 /* Result contains subquery or function */ | 
 | #define SF_WhereBegin    0x0080000 /* Really a WhereBegin() call.  Debug Only */ | 
 | #define SF_WinRewrite    0x0100000 /* Window function rewrite accomplished */ | 
 | #define SF_View          0x0200000 /* SELECT statement is a view */ | 
 | #define SF_NoopOrderBy   0x0400000 /* ORDER BY is ignored for this query */ | 
 | #define SF_UFSrcCheck    0x0800000 /* Check pSrc as required by UPDATE...FROM */ | 
 | #define SF_PushDown      0x1000000 /* Modified by WHERE-clause push-down opt */ | 
 | #define SF_MultiPart     0x2000000 /* Has multiple incompatible PARTITIONs */ | 
 | #define SF_CopyCte       0x4000000 /* SELECT statement is a copy of a CTE */ | 
 | #define SF_OrderByReqd   0x8000000 /* The ORDER BY clause may not be omitted */ | 
 | #define SF_UpdateFrom   0x10000000 /* Query originates with UPDATE FROM */ | 
 | #define SF_Correlated   0x20000000 /* True if references the outer context */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* True if S exists and has SF_NestedFrom */ | 
 | #define IsNestedFrom(S) ((S)!=0 && ((S)->selFlags&SF_NestedFrom)!=0) | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The results of a SELECT can be distributed in several ways, as defined | 
 | ** by one of the following macros.  The "SRT" prefix means "SELECT Result | 
 | ** Type". | 
 | ** | 
 | **     SRT_Union       Store results as a key in a temporary index | 
 | **                     identified by pDest->iSDParm. | 
 | ** | 
 | **     SRT_Except      Remove results from the temporary index pDest->iSDParm. | 
 | ** | 
 | **     SRT_Exists      Store a 1 in memory cell pDest->iSDParm if the result | 
 | **                     set is not empty. | 
 | ** | 
 | **     SRT_Discard     Throw the results away.  This is used by SELECT | 
 | **                     statements within triggers whose only purpose is | 
 | **                     the side-effects of functions. | 
 | ** | 
 | **     SRT_Output      Generate a row of output (using the OP_ResultRow | 
 | **                     opcode) for each row in the result set. | 
 | ** | 
 | **     SRT_Mem         Only valid if the result is a single column. | 
 | **                     Store the first column of the first result row | 
 | **                     in register pDest->iSDParm then abandon the rest | 
 | **                     of the query.  This destination implies "LIMIT 1". | 
 | ** | 
 | **     SRT_Set         The result must be a single column.  Store each | 
 | **                     row of result as the key in table pDest->iSDParm. | 
 | **                     Apply the affinity pDest->affSdst before storing | 
 | **                     results.  Used to implement "IN (SELECT ...)". | 
 | ** | 
 | **     SRT_EphemTab    Create an temporary table pDest->iSDParm and store | 
 | **                     the result there. The cursor is left open after | 
 | **                     returning.  This is like SRT_Table except that | 
 | **                     this destination uses OP_OpenEphemeral to create | 
 | **                     the table first. | 
 | ** | 
 | **     SRT_Coroutine   Generate a co-routine that returns a new row of | 
 | **                     results each time it is invoked.  The entry point | 
 | **                     of the co-routine is stored in register pDest->iSDParm | 
 | **                     and the result row is stored in pDest->nDest registers | 
 | **                     starting with pDest->iSdst. | 
 | ** | 
 | **     SRT_Table       Store results in temporary table pDest->iSDParm. | 
 | **     SRT_Fifo        This is like SRT_EphemTab except that the table | 
 | **                     is assumed to already be open.  SRT_Fifo has | 
 | **                     the additional property of being able to ignore | 
 | **                     the ORDER BY clause. | 
 | ** | 
 | **     SRT_DistFifo    Store results in a temporary table pDest->iSDParm. | 
 | **                     But also use temporary table pDest->iSDParm+1 as | 
 | **                     a record of all prior results and ignore any duplicate | 
 | **                     rows.  Name means:  "Distinct Fifo". | 
 | ** | 
 | **     SRT_Queue       Store results in priority queue pDest->iSDParm (really | 
 | **                     an index).  Append a sequence number so that all entries | 
 | **                     are distinct. | 
 | ** | 
 | **     SRT_DistQueue   Store results in priority queue pDest->iSDParm only if | 
 | **                     the same record has never been stored before.  The | 
 | **                     index at pDest->iSDParm+1 hold all prior stores. | 
 | ** | 
 | **     SRT_Upfrom      Store results in the temporary table already opened by | 
 | **                     pDest->iSDParm. If (pDest->iSDParm<0), then the temp | 
 | **                     table is an intkey table - in this case the first | 
 | **                     column returned by the SELECT is used as the integer | 
 | **                     key. If (pDest->iSDParm>0), then the table is an index | 
 | **                     table. (pDest->iSDParm) is the number of key columns in | 
 | **                     each index record in this case. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define SRT_Union        1  /* Store result as keys in an index */ | 
 | #define SRT_Except       2  /* Remove result from a UNION index */ | 
 | #define SRT_Exists       3  /* Store 1 if the result is not empty */ | 
 | #define SRT_Discard      4  /* Do not save the results anywhere */ | 
 | #define SRT_DistFifo     5  /* Like SRT_Fifo, but unique results only */ | 
 | #define SRT_DistQueue    6  /* Like SRT_Queue, but unique results only */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* The DISTINCT clause is ignored for all of the above.  Not that | 
 | ** IgnorableDistinct() implies IgnorableOrderby() */ | 
 | #define IgnorableDistinct(X) ((X->eDest)<=SRT_DistQueue) | 
 |  | 
 | #define SRT_Queue        7  /* Store result in an queue */ | 
 | #define SRT_Fifo         8  /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* The ORDER BY clause is ignored for all of the above */ | 
 | #define IgnorableOrderby(X) ((X->eDest)<=SRT_Fifo) | 
 |  | 
 | #define SRT_Output       9  /* Output each row of result */ | 
 | #define SRT_Mem         10  /* Store result in a memory cell */ | 
 | #define SRT_Set         11  /* Store results as keys in an index */ | 
 | #define SRT_EphemTab    12  /* Create transient tab and store like SRT_Table */ | 
 | #define SRT_Coroutine   13  /* Generate a single row of result */ | 
 | #define SRT_Table       14  /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */ | 
 | #define SRT_Upfrom      15  /* Store result as data with rowid */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** An instance of this object describes where to put of the results of | 
 | ** a SELECT statement. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct SelectDest { | 
 |   u8 eDest;            /* How to dispose of the results.  One of SRT_* above. */ | 
 |   int iSDParm;         /* A parameter used by the eDest disposal method */ | 
 |   int iSDParm2;        /* A second parameter for the eDest disposal method */ | 
 |   int iSdst;           /* Base register where results are written */ | 
 |   int nSdst;           /* Number of registers allocated */ | 
 |   char *zAffSdst;      /* Affinity used for SRT_Set */ | 
 |   ExprList *pOrderBy;  /* Key columns for SRT_Queue and SRT_DistQueue */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** During code generation of statements that do inserts into AUTOINCREMENT | 
 | ** tables, the following information is attached to the Table.u.autoInc.p | 
 | ** pointer of each autoincrement table to record some side information that | 
 | ** the code generator needs.  We have to keep per-table autoincrement | 
 | ** information in case inserts are done within triggers.  Triggers do not | 
 | ** normally coordinate their activities, but we do need to coordinate the | 
 | ** loading and saving of autoincrement information. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct AutoincInfo { | 
 |   AutoincInfo *pNext;   /* Next info block in a list of them all */ | 
 |   Table *pTab;          /* Table this info block refers to */ | 
 |   int iDb;              /* Index in sqlite3.aDb[] of database holding pTab */ | 
 |   int regCtr;           /* Memory register holding the rowid counter */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** At least one instance of the following structure is created for each | 
 | ** trigger that may be fired while parsing an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE | 
 | ** statement. All such objects are stored in the linked list headed at | 
 | ** Parse.pTriggerPrg and deleted once statement compilation has been | 
 | ** completed. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** A Vdbe sub-program that implements the body and WHEN clause of trigger | 
 | ** TriggerPrg.pTrigger, assuming a default ON CONFLICT clause of | 
 | ** TriggerPrg.orconf, is stored in the TriggerPrg.pProgram variable. | 
 | ** The Parse.pTriggerPrg list never contains two entries with the same | 
 | ** values for both pTrigger and orconf. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The TriggerPrg.aColmask[0] variable is set to a mask of old.* columns | 
 | ** accessed (or set to 0 for triggers fired as a result of INSERT | 
 | ** statements). Similarly, the TriggerPrg.aColmask[1] variable is set to | 
 | ** a mask of new.* columns used by the program. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct TriggerPrg { | 
 |   Trigger *pTrigger;      /* Trigger this program was coded from */ | 
 |   TriggerPrg *pNext;      /* Next entry in Parse.pTriggerPrg list */ | 
 |   SubProgram *pProgram;   /* Program implementing pTrigger/orconf */ | 
 |   int orconf;             /* Default ON CONFLICT policy */ | 
 |   u32 aColmask[2];        /* Masks of old.*, new.* columns accessed */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The yDbMask datatype for the bitmask of all attached databases. | 
 | */ | 
 | #if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30 | 
 |   typedef unsigned char yDbMask[(SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+9)/8]; | 
 | # define DbMaskTest(M,I)    (((M)[(I)/8]&(1<<((I)&7)))!=0) | 
 | # define DbMaskZero(M)      memset((M),0,sizeof(M)) | 
 | # define DbMaskSet(M,I)     (M)[(I)/8]|=(1<<((I)&7)) | 
 | # define DbMaskAllZero(M)   sqlite3DbMaskAllZero(M) | 
 | # define DbMaskNonZero(M)   (sqlite3DbMaskAllZero(M)==0) | 
 | #else | 
 |   typedef unsigned int yDbMask; | 
 | # define DbMaskTest(M,I)    (((M)&(((yDbMask)1)<<(I)))!=0) | 
 | # define DbMaskZero(M)      ((M)=0) | 
 | # define DbMaskSet(M,I)     ((M)|=(((yDbMask)1)<<(I))) | 
 | # define DbMaskAllZero(M)   ((M)==0) | 
 | # define DbMaskNonZero(M)   ((M)!=0) | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** For each index X that has as one of its arguments either an expression | 
 | ** or the name of a virtual generated column, and if X is in scope such that | 
 | ** the value of the expression can simply be read from the index, then | 
 | ** there is an instance of this object on the Parse.pIdxExpr list. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** During code generation, while generating code to evaluate expressions, | 
 | ** this list is consulted and if a matching expression is found, the value | 
 | ** is read from the index rather than being recomputed. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct IndexedExpr { | 
 |   Expr *pExpr;            /* The expression contained in the index */ | 
 |   int iDataCur;           /* The data cursor associated with the index */ | 
 |   int iIdxCur;            /* The index cursor */ | 
 |   int iIdxCol;            /* The index column that contains value of pExpr */ | 
 |   u8 bMaybeNullRow;       /* True if we need an OP_IfNullRow check */ | 
 |   u8 aff;                 /* Affinity of the pExpr expression */ | 
 |   IndexedExpr *pIENext;   /* Next in a list of all indexed expressions */ | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS | 
 |   const char *zIdxName;   /* Name of index, used only for bytecode comments */ | 
 | #endif | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** An instance of the ParseCleanup object specifies an operation that | 
 | ** should be performed after parsing to deallocation resources obtained | 
 | ** during the parse and which are no longer needed. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct ParseCleanup { | 
 |   ParseCleanup *pNext;               /* Next cleanup task */ | 
 |   void *pPtr;                        /* Pointer to object to deallocate */ | 
 |   void (*xCleanup)(sqlite3*,void*);  /* Deallocation routine */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** An SQL parser context.  A copy of this structure is passed through | 
 | ** the parser and down into all the parser action routine in order to | 
 | ** carry around information that is global to the entire parse. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The structure is divided into two parts.  When the parser and code | 
 | ** generate call themselves recursively, the first part of the structure | 
 | ** is constant but the second part is reset at the beginning and end of | 
 | ** each recursion. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The nTableLock and aTableLock variables are only used if the shared-cache | 
 | ** feature is enabled (if sqlite3Tsd()->useSharedData is true). They are | 
 | ** used to store the set of table-locks required by the statement being | 
 | ** compiled. Function sqlite3TableLock() is used to add entries to the | 
 | ** list. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct Parse { | 
 |   sqlite3 *db;         /* The main database structure */ | 
 |   char *zErrMsg;       /* An error message */ | 
 |   Vdbe *pVdbe;         /* An engine for executing database bytecode */ | 
 |   int rc;              /* Return code from execution */ | 
 |   u8 colNamesSet;      /* TRUE after OP_ColumnName has been issued to pVdbe */ | 
 |   u8 checkSchema;      /* Causes schema cookie check after an error */ | 
 |   u8 nested;           /* Number of nested calls to the parser/code generator */ | 
 |   u8 nTempReg;         /* Number of temporary registers in aTempReg[] */ | 
 |   u8 isMultiWrite;     /* True if statement may modify/insert multiple rows */ | 
 |   u8 mayAbort;         /* True if statement may throw an ABORT exception */ | 
 |   u8 hasCompound;      /* Need to invoke convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */ | 
 |   u8 okConstFactor;    /* OK to factor out constants */ | 
 |   u8 disableLookaside; /* Number of times lookaside has been disabled */ | 
 |   u8 prepFlags;        /* SQLITE_PREPARE_* flags */ | 
 |   u8 withinRJSubrtn;   /* Nesting level for RIGHT JOIN body subroutines */ | 
 |   u8 bHasWith;         /* True if statement contains WITH */ | 
 | #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) | 
 |   u8 earlyCleanup;     /* OOM inside sqlite3ParserAddCleanup() */ | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG | 
 |   u8 ifNotExists;      /* Might be true if IF NOT EXISTS.  Assert()s only */ | 
 | #endif | 
 |   int nRangeReg;       /* Size of the temporary register block */ | 
 |   int iRangeReg;       /* First register in temporary register block */ | 
 |   int nErr;            /* Number of errors seen */ | 
 |   int nTab;            /* Number of previously allocated VDBE cursors */ | 
 |   int nMem;            /* Number of memory cells used so far */ | 
 |   int szOpAlloc;       /* Bytes of memory space allocated for Vdbe.aOp[] */ | 
 |   int iSelfTab;        /* Table associated with an index on expr, or negative | 
 |                        ** of the base register during check-constraint eval */ | 
 |   int nLabel;          /* The *negative* of the number of labels used */ | 
 |   int nLabelAlloc;     /* Number of slots in aLabel */ | 
 |   int *aLabel;         /* Space to hold the labels */ | 
 |   ExprList *pConstExpr;/* Constant expressions */ | 
 |   IndexedExpr *pIdxEpr;/* List of expressions used by active indexes */ | 
 |   IndexedExpr *pIdxPartExpr; /* Exprs constrained by index WHERE clauses */ | 
 |   Token constraintName;/* Name of the constraint currently being parsed */ | 
 |   yDbMask writeMask;   /* Start a write transaction on these databases */ | 
 |   yDbMask cookieMask;  /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */ | 
 |   int regRowid;        /* Register holding rowid of CREATE TABLE entry */ | 
 |   int regRoot;         /* Register holding root page number for new objects */ | 
 |   int nMaxArg;         /* Max args passed to user function by sub-program */ | 
 |   int nSelect;         /* Number of SELECT stmts. Counter for Select.selId */ | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK | 
 |   u32 nProgressSteps;  /* xProgress steps taken during sqlite3_prepare() */ | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE | 
 |   int nTableLock;        /* Number of locks in aTableLock */ | 
 |   TableLock *aTableLock; /* Required table locks for shared-cache mode */ | 
 | #endif | 
 |   AutoincInfo *pAinc;  /* Information about AUTOINCREMENT counters */ | 
 |   Parse *pToplevel;    /* Parse structure for main program (or NULL) */ | 
 |   Table *pTriggerTab;  /* Table triggers are being coded for */ | 
 |   TriggerPrg *pTriggerPrg;  /* Linked list of coded triggers */ | 
 |   ParseCleanup *pCleanup;   /* List of cleanup operations to run after parse */ | 
 |   union { | 
 |     int addrCrTab;         /* Address of OP_CreateBtree on CREATE TABLE */ | 
 |     Returning *pReturning; /* The RETURNING clause */ | 
 |   } u1; | 
 |   u32 oldmask;         /* Mask of old.* columns referenced */ | 
 |   u32 newmask;         /* Mask of new.* columns referenced */ | 
 |   LogEst nQueryLoop;   /* Est number of iterations of a query (10*log2(N)) */ | 
 |   u8 eTriggerOp;       /* TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT or TK_DELETE */ | 
 |   u8 bReturning;       /* Coding a RETURNING trigger */ | 
 |   u8 eOrconf;          /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */ | 
 |   u8 disableTriggers;  /* True to disable triggers */ | 
 |  | 
 |   /************************************************************************** | 
 |   ** Fields above must be initialized to zero.  The fields that follow, | 
 |   ** down to the beginning of the recursive section, do not need to be | 
 |   ** initialized as they will be set before being used.  The boundary is | 
 |   ** determined by offsetof(Parse,aTempReg). | 
 |   **************************************************************************/ | 
 |  | 
 |   int aTempReg[8];        /* Holding area for temporary registers */ | 
 |   Parse *pOuterParse;     /* Outer Parse object when nested */ | 
 |   Token sNameToken;       /* Token with unqualified schema object name */ | 
 |  | 
 |   /************************************************************************ | 
 |   ** Above is constant between recursions.  Below is reset before and after | 
 |   ** each recursion.  The boundary between these two regions is determined | 
 |   ** using offsetof(Parse,sLastToken) so the sLastToken field must be the | 
 |   ** first field in the recursive region. | 
 |   ************************************************************************/ | 
 |  | 
 |   Token sLastToken;       /* The last token parsed */ | 
 |   ynVar nVar;               /* Number of '?' variables seen in the SQL so far */ | 
 |   u8 iPkSortOrder;          /* ASC or DESC for INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ | 
 |   u8 explain;               /* True if the EXPLAIN flag is found on the query */ | 
 |   u8 eParseMode;            /* PARSE_MODE_XXX constant */ | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE | 
 |   int nVtabLock;            /* Number of virtual tables to lock */ | 
 | #endif | 
 |   int nHeight;              /* Expression tree height of current sub-select */ | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN | 
 |   int addrExplain;          /* Address of current OP_Explain opcode */ | 
 | #endif | 
 |   VList *pVList;            /* Mapping between variable names and numbers */ | 
 |   Vdbe *pReprepare;         /* VM being reprepared (sqlite3Reprepare()) */ | 
 |   const char *zTail;        /* All SQL text past the last semicolon parsed */ | 
 |   Table *pNewTable;         /* A table being constructed by CREATE TABLE */ | 
 |   Index *pNewIndex;         /* An index being constructed by CREATE INDEX. | 
 |                             ** Also used to hold redundant UNIQUE constraints | 
 |                             ** during a RENAME COLUMN */ | 
 |   Trigger *pNewTrigger;     /* Trigger under construct by a CREATE TRIGGER */ | 
 |   const char *zAuthContext; /* The 6th parameter to db->xAuth callbacks */ | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE | 
 |   Token sArg;               /* Complete text of a module argument */ | 
 |   Table **apVtabLock;       /* Pointer to virtual tables needing locking */ | 
 | #endif | 
 |   With *pWith;              /* Current WITH clause, or NULL */ | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE | 
 |   RenameToken *pRename;     /* Tokens subject to renaming by ALTER TABLE */ | 
 | #endif | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* Allowed values for Parse.eParseMode | 
 | */ | 
 | #define PARSE_MODE_NORMAL        0 | 
 | #define PARSE_MODE_DECLARE_VTAB  1 | 
 | #define PARSE_MODE_RENAME        2 | 
 | #define PARSE_MODE_UNMAP         3 | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Sizes and pointers of various parts of the Parse object. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define PARSE_HDR(X)  (((char*)(X))+offsetof(Parse,zErrMsg)) | 
 | #define PARSE_HDR_SZ (offsetof(Parse,aTempReg)-offsetof(Parse,zErrMsg)) /* Recursive part w/o aColCache*/ | 
 | #define PARSE_RECURSE_SZ offsetof(Parse,sLastToken)    /* Recursive part */ | 
 | #define PARSE_TAIL_SZ (sizeof(Parse)-PARSE_RECURSE_SZ) /* Non-recursive part */ | 
 | #define PARSE_TAIL(X) (((char*)(X))+PARSE_RECURSE_SZ)  /* Pointer to tail */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Return true if currently inside an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call. | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE | 
 |   #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB 0 | 
 | #else | 
 |   #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB (pParse->eParseMode==PARSE_MODE_DECLARE_VTAB) | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | #if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE) | 
 |   #define IN_RENAME_OBJECT 0 | 
 | #else | 
 |   #define IN_RENAME_OBJECT (pParse->eParseMode>=PARSE_MODE_RENAME) | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | #if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE) | 
 |   #define IN_SPECIAL_PARSE 0 | 
 | #else | 
 |   #define IN_SPECIAL_PARSE (pParse->eParseMode!=PARSE_MODE_NORMAL) | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** An instance of the following structure can be declared on a stack and used | 
 | ** to save the Parse.zAuthContext value so that it can be restored later. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct AuthContext { | 
 |   const char *zAuthContext;   /* Put saved Parse.zAuthContext here */ | 
 |   Parse *pParse;              /* The Parse structure */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Bitfield flags for P5 value in various opcodes. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Value constraints (enforced via assert()): | 
 | **    OPFLAG_LENGTHARG    == SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH | 
 | **    OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG    == SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF | 
 | **    OPFLAG_BULKCSR      == BTREE_BULKLOAD | 
 | **    OPFLAG_SEEKEQ       == BTREE_SEEK_EQ | 
 | **    OPFLAG_FORDELETE    == BTREE_FORDELETE | 
 | **    OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION == BTREE_SAVEPOSITION | 
 | **    OPFLAG_AUXDELETE    == BTREE_AUXDELETE | 
 | */ | 
 | #define OPFLAG_NCHANGE       0x01    /* OP_Insert: Set to update db->nChange */ | 
 |                                      /* Also used in P2 (not P5) of OP_Delete */ | 
 | #define OPFLAG_NOCHNG        0x01    /* OP_VColumn nochange for UPDATE */ | 
 | #define OPFLAG_EPHEM         0x01    /* OP_Column: Ephemeral output is ok */ | 
 | #define OPFLAG_LASTROWID     0x20    /* Set to update db->lastRowid */ | 
 | #define OPFLAG_ISUPDATE      0x04    /* This OP_Insert is an sql UPDATE */ | 
 | #define OPFLAG_APPEND        0x08    /* This is likely to be an append */ | 
 | #define OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT 0x10    /* Try to avoid a seek in BtreeInsert() */ | 
 | #define OPFLAG_ISNOOP        0x40    /* OP_Delete does pre-update-hook only */ | 
 | #define OPFLAG_LENGTHARG     0x40    /* OP_Column only used for length() */ | 
 | #define OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG     0x80    /* OP_Column only used for typeof() */ | 
 | #define OPFLAG_BYTELENARG    0xc0    /* OP_Column only for octet_length() */ | 
 | #define OPFLAG_BULKCSR       0x01    /* OP_Open** used to open bulk cursor */ | 
 | #define OPFLAG_SEEKEQ        0x02    /* OP_Open** cursor uses EQ seek only */ | 
 | #define OPFLAG_FORDELETE     0x08    /* OP_Open should use BTREE_FORDELETE */ | 
 | #define OPFLAG_P2ISREG       0x10    /* P2 to OP_Open** is a register number */ | 
 | #define OPFLAG_PERMUTE       0x01    /* OP_Compare: use the permutation */ | 
 | #define OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION  0x02    /* OP_Delete/Insert: save cursor pos */ | 
 | #define OPFLAG_AUXDELETE     0x04    /* OP_Delete: index in a DELETE op */ | 
 | #define OPFLAG_NOCHNG_MAGIC  0x6d    /* OP_MakeRecord: serialtype 10 is ok */ | 
 | #define OPFLAG_PREFORMAT     0x80    /* OP_Insert uses preformatted cell */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of | 
 | ** struct Trigger. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Pointers to instances of struct Trigger are stored in two ways. | 
 | ** 1. In the "trigHash" hash table (part of the sqlite3* that represents the | 
 | **    database). This allows Trigger structures to be retrieved by name. | 
 | ** 2. All triggers associated with a single table form a linked list, using the | 
 | **    pNext member of struct Trigger. A pointer to the first element of the | 
 | **    linked list is stored as the "pTrigger" member of the associated | 
 | **    struct Table. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The "step_list" member points to the first element of a linked list | 
 | ** containing the SQL statements specified as the trigger program. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct Trigger { | 
 |   char *zName;            /* The name of the trigger                        */ | 
 |   char *table;            /* The table or view to which the trigger applies */ | 
 |   u8 op;                  /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT         */ | 
 |   u8 tr_tm;               /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */ | 
 |   u8 bReturning;          /* This trigger implements a RETURNING clause */ | 
 |   Expr *pWhen;            /* The WHEN clause of the expression (may be NULL) */ | 
 |   IdList *pColumns;       /* If this is an UPDATE OF <column-list> trigger, | 
 |                              the <column-list> is stored here */ | 
 |   Schema *pSchema;        /* Schema containing the trigger */ | 
 |   Schema *pTabSchema;     /* Schema containing the table */ | 
 |   TriggerStep *step_list; /* Link list of trigger program steps             */ | 
 |   Trigger *pNext;         /* Next trigger associated with the table */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** A trigger is either a BEFORE or an AFTER trigger.  The following constants | 
 | ** determine which. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** If there are multiple triggers, you might of some BEFORE and some AFTER. | 
 | ** In that cases, the constants below can be ORed together. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define TRIGGER_BEFORE  1 | 
 | #define TRIGGER_AFTER   2 | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** An instance of struct TriggerStep is used to store a single SQL statement | 
 | ** that is a part of a trigger-program. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Instances of struct TriggerStep are stored in a singly linked list (linked | 
 | ** using the "pNext" member) referenced by the "step_list" member of the | 
 | ** associated struct Trigger instance. The first element of the linked list is | 
 | ** the first step of the trigger-program. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The "op" member indicates whether this is a "DELETE", "INSERT", "UPDATE" or | 
 | ** "SELECT" statement. The meanings of the other members is determined by the | 
 | ** value of "op" as follows: | 
 | ** | 
 | ** (op == TK_INSERT) | 
 | ** orconf    -> stores the ON CONFLICT algorithm | 
 | ** pSelect   -> The content to be inserted - either a SELECT statement or | 
 | **              a VALUES clause. | 
 | ** zTarget   -> Dequoted name of the table to insert into. | 
 | ** pIdList   -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... (<column-names>) VALUES ... | 
 | **              statement, then this stores the column-names to be | 
 | **              inserted into. | 
 | ** pUpsert   -> The ON CONFLICT clauses for an Upsert | 
 | ** | 
 | ** (op == TK_DELETE) | 
 | ** zTarget   -> Dequoted name of the table to delete from. | 
 | ** pWhere    -> The WHERE clause of the DELETE statement if one is specified. | 
 | **              Otherwise NULL. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** (op == TK_UPDATE) | 
 | ** zTarget   -> Dequoted name of the table to update. | 
 | ** pWhere    -> The WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement if one is specified. | 
 | **              Otherwise NULL. | 
 | ** pExprList -> A list of the columns to update and the expressions to update | 
 | **              them to. See sqlite3Update() documentation of "pChanges" | 
 | **              argument. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** (op == TK_SELECT) | 
 | ** pSelect   -> The SELECT statement | 
 | ** | 
 | ** (op == TK_RETURNING) | 
 | ** pExprList -> The list of expressions that follow the RETURNING keyword. | 
 | ** | 
 | */ | 
 | struct TriggerStep { | 
 |   u8 op;               /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_SELECT, | 
 |                        ** or TK_RETURNING */ | 
 |   u8 orconf;           /* OE_Rollback etc. */ | 
 |   Trigger *pTrig;      /* The trigger that this step is a part of */ | 
 |   Select *pSelect;     /* SELECT statement or RHS of INSERT INTO SELECT ... */ | 
 |   char *zTarget;       /* Target table for DELETE, UPDATE, INSERT */ | 
 |   SrcList *pFrom;      /* FROM clause for UPDATE statement (if any) */ | 
 |   Expr *pWhere;        /* The WHERE clause for DELETE or UPDATE steps */ | 
 |   ExprList *pExprList; /* SET clause for UPDATE, or RETURNING clause */ | 
 |   IdList *pIdList;     /* Column names for INSERT */ | 
 |   Upsert *pUpsert;     /* Upsert clauses on an INSERT */ | 
 |   char *zSpan;         /* Original SQL text of this command */ | 
 |   TriggerStep *pNext;  /* Next in the link-list */ | 
 |   TriggerStep *pLast;  /* Last element in link-list. Valid for 1st elem only */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Information about a RETURNING clause | 
 | */ | 
 | struct Returning { | 
 |   Parse *pParse;        /* The parse that includes the RETURNING clause */ | 
 |   ExprList *pReturnEL;  /* List of expressions to return */ | 
 |   Trigger retTrig;      /* The transient trigger that implements RETURNING */ | 
 |   TriggerStep retTStep; /* The trigger step */ | 
 |   int iRetCur;          /* Transient table holding RETURNING results */ | 
 |   int nRetCol;          /* Number of in pReturnEL after expansion */ | 
 |   int iRetReg;          /* Register array for holding a row of RETURNING */ | 
 |   char zName[40];       /* Name of trigger: "sqlite_returning_%p" */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** An objected used to accumulate the text of a string where we | 
 | ** do not necessarily know how big the string will be in the end. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct sqlite3_str { | 
 |   sqlite3 *db;         /* Optional database for lookaside.  Can be NULL */ | 
 |   char *zText;         /* The string collected so far */ | 
 |   u32  nAlloc;         /* Amount of space allocated in zText */ | 
 |   u32  mxAlloc;        /* Maximum allowed allocation.  0 for no malloc usage */ | 
 |   u32  nChar;          /* Length of the string so far */ | 
 |   u8   accError;       /* SQLITE_NOMEM or SQLITE_TOOBIG */ | 
 |   u8   printfFlags;    /* SQLITE_PRINTF flags below */ | 
 | }; | 
 | #define SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL 0x01  /* Internal-use-only converters allowed */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC  0x02  /* SQL function arguments to VXPrintf */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_PRINTF_MALLOCED 0x04  /* True if xText is allocated space */ | 
 |  | 
 | #define isMalloced(X)  (((X)->printfFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_MALLOCED)!=0) | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The following object is the header for an "RCStr" or "reference-counted | 
 | ** string".  An RCStr is passed around and used like any other char* | 
 | ** that has been dynamically allocated.  The important interface | 
 | ** differences: | 
 | ** | 
 | **   1.  RCStr strings are reference counted.  They are deallocated | 
 | **       when the reference count reaches zero. | 
 | ** | 
 | **   2.  Use sqlite3RCStrUnref() to free an RCStr string rather than | 
 | **       sqlite3_free() | 
 | ** | 
 | **   3.  Make a (read-only) copy of a read-only RCStr string using | 
 | **       sqlite3RCStrRef(). | 
 | ** | 
 | ** "String" is in the name, but an RCStr object can also be used to hold | 
 | ** binary data. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct RCStr { | 
 |   u64 nRCRef;            /* Number of references */ | 
 |   /* Total structure size should be a multiple of 8 bytes for alignment */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** A pointer to this structure is used to communicate information | 
 | ** from sqlite3Init and OP_ParseSchema into the sqlite3InitCallback. | 
 | */ | 
 | typedef struct { | 
 |   sqlite3 *db;        /* The database being initialized */ | 
 |   char **pzErrMsg;    /* Error message stored here */ | 
 |   int iDb;            /* 0 for main database.  1 for TEMP, 2.. for ATTACHed */ | 
 |   int rc;             /* Result code stored here */ | 
 |   u32 mInitFlags;     /* Flags controlling error messages */ | 
 |   u32 nInitRow;       /* Number of rows processed */ | 
 |   Pgno mxPage;        /* Maximum page number.  0 for no limit. */ | 
 | } InitData; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Allowed values for mInitFlags | 
 | */ | 
 | #define INITFLAG_AlterMask     0x0003  /* Types of ALTER */ | 
 | #define INITFLAG_AlterRename   0x0001  /* Reparse after a RENAME */ | 
 | #define INITFLAG_AlterDrop     0x0002  /* Reparse after a DROP COLUMN */ | 
 | #define INITFLAG_AlterAdd      0x0003  /* Reparse after an ADD COLUMN */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* Tuning parameters are set using SQLITE_TESTCTRL_TUNE and are controlled | 
 | ** on debug-builds of the CLI using ".testctrl tune ID VALUE".  Tuning | 
 | ** parameters are for temporary use during development, to help find | 
 | ** optimal values for parameters in the query planner.  The should not | 
 | ** be used on trunk check-ins.  They are a temporary mechanism available | 
 | ** for transient development builds only. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Tuning parameters are numbered starting with 1. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_NTUNE  6             /* Should be zero for all trunk check-ins */ | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG | 
 | # define Tuning(X)  (sqlite3Config.aTune[(X)-1]) | 
 | #else | 
 | # define Tuning(X)  0 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Structure containing global configuration data for the SQLite library. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** This structure also contains some state information. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct Sqlite3Config { | 
 |   int bMemstat;                     /* True to enable memory status */ | 
 |   u8 bCoreMutex;                    /* True to enable core mutexing */ | 
 |   u8 bFullMutex;                    /* True to enable full mutexing */ | 
 |   u8 bOpenUri;                      /* True to interpret filenames as URIs */ | 
 |   u8 bUseCis;                       /* Use covering indices for full-scans */ | 
 |   u8 bSmallMalloc;                  /* Avoid large memory allocations if true */ | 
 |   u8 bExtraSchemaChecks;            /* Verify type,name,tbl_name in schema */ | 
 |   u8 bUseLongDouble;                /* Make use of long double */ | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG | 
 |   u8 bJsonSelfcheck;                /* Double-check JSON parsing */ | 
 | #endif | 
 |   int mxStrlen;                     /* Maximum string length */ | 
 |   int neverCorrupt;                 /* Database is always well-formed */ | 
 |   int szLookaside;                  /* Default lookaside buffer size */ | 
 |   int nLookaside;                   /* Default lookaside buffer count */ | 
 |   int nStmtSpill;                   /* Stmt-journal spill-to-disk threshold */ | 
 |   sqlite3_mem_methods m;            /* Low-level memory allocation interface */ | 
 |   sqlite3_mutex_methods mutex;      /* Low-level mutex interface */ | 
 |   sqlite3_pcache_methods2 pcache2;  /* Low-level page-cache interface */ | 
 |   void *pHeap;                      /* Heap storage space */ | 
 |   int nHeap;                        /* Size of pHeap[] */ | 
 |   int mnReq, mxReq;                 /* Min and max heap requests sizes */ | 
 |   sqlite3_int64 szMmap;             /* mmap() space per open file */ | 
 |   sqlite3_int64 mxMmap;             /* Maximum value for szMmap */ | 
 |   void *pPage;                      /* Page cache memory */ | 
 |   int szPage;                       /* Size of each page in pPage[] */ | 
 |   int nPage;                        /* Number of pages in pPage[] */ | 
 |   int mxParserStack;                /* maximum depth of the parser stack */ | 
 |   int sharedCacheEnabled;           /* true if shared-cache mode enabled */ | 
 |   u32 szPma;                        /* Maximum Sorter PMA size */ | 
 |   /* The above might be initialized to non-zero.  The following need to always | 
 |   ** initially be zero, however. */ | 
 |   int isInit;                       /* True after initialization has finished */ | 
 |   int inProgress;                   /* True while initialization in progress */ | 
 |   int isMutexInit;                  /* True after mutexes are initialized */ | 
 |   int isMallocInit;                 /* True after malloc is initialized */ | 
 |   int isPCacheInit;                 /* True after malloc is initialized */ | 
 |   int nRefInitMutex;                /* Number of users of pInitMutex */ | 
 |   sqlite3_mutex *pInitMutex;        /* Mutex used by sqlite3_initialize() */ | 
 |   void (*xLog)(void*,int,const char*); /* Function for logging */ | 
 |   void *pLogArg;                       /* First argument to xLog() */ | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG | 
 |   void(*xSqllog)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int); | 
 |   void *pSqllogArg; | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE | 
 |   /* The following callback (if not NULL) is invoked on every VDBE branch | 
 |   ** operation.  Set the callback using SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE. | 
 |   */ | 
 |   void (*xVdbeBranch)(void*,unsigned iSrcLine,u8 eThis,u8 eMx);  /* Callback */ | 
 |   void *pVdbeBranchArg;                                     /* 1st argument */ | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DESERIALIZE | 
 |   sqlite3_int64 mxMemdbSize;        /* Default max memdb size */ | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE | 
 |   int (*xTestCallback)(int);        /* Invoked by sqlite3FaultSim() */ | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_ALLOW_ROWID_IN_VIEW | 
 |   u32 mNoVisibleRowid;              /* TF_NoVisibleRowid if the ROWID_IN_VIEW | 
 |                                     ** feature is disabled.  0 if rowids can | 
 |                                     ** occur in views. */ | 
 | #endif | 
 |   int bLocaltimeFault;              /* True to fail localtime() calls */ | 
 |   int (*xAltLocaltime)(const void*,void*); /* Alternative localtime() routine */ | 
 |   int iOnceResetThreshold;          /* When to reset OP_Once counters */ | 
 |   u32 szSorterRef;                  /* Min size in bytes to use sorter-refs */ | 
 |   unsigned int iPrngSeed;           /* Alternative fixed seed for the PRNG */ | 
 |   /* vvvv--- must be last ---vvv */ | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG | 
 |   sqlite3_int64 aTune[SQLITE_NTUNE]; /* Tuning parameters */ | 
 | #endif | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** This macro is used inside of assert() statements to indicate that | 
 | ** the assert is only valid on a well-formed database.  Instead of: | 
 | ** | 
 | **     assert( X ); | 
 | ** | 
 | ** One writes: | 
 | ** | 
 | **     assert( X || CORRUPT_DB ); | 
 | ** | 
 | ** CORRUPT_DB is true during normal operation.  CORRUPT_DB does not indicate | 
 | ** that the database is definitely corrupt, only that it might be corrupt. | 
 | ** For most test cases, CORRUPT_DB is set to false using a special | 
 | ** sqlite3_test_control().  This enables assert() statements to prove | 
 | ** things that are always true for well-formed databases. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define CORRUPT_DB  (sqlite3Config.neverCorrupt==0) | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Context pointer passed down through the tree-walk. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct Walker { | 
 |   Parse *pParse;                            /* Parser context.  */ | 
 |   int (*xExprCallback)(Walker*, Expr*);     /* Callback for expressions */ | 
 |   int (*xSelectCallback)(Walker*,Select*);  /* Callback for SELECTs */ | 
 |   void (*xSelectCallback2)(Walker*,Select*);/* Second callback for SELECTs */ | 
 |   int walkerDepth;                          /* Number of subqueries */ | 
 |   u16 eCode;                                /* A small processing code */ | 
 |   u16 mWFlags;                              /* Use-dependent flags */ | 
 |   union {                                   /* Extra data for callback */ | 
 |     NameContext *pNC;                         /* Naming context */ | 
 |     int n;                                    /* A counter */ | 
 |     int iCur;                                 /* A cursor number */ | 
 |     SrcList *pSrcList;                        /* FROM clause */ | 
 |     struct CCurHint *pCCurHint;               /* Used by codeCursorHint() */ | 
 |     struct RefSrcList *pRefSrcList;           /* sqlite3ReferencesSrcList() */ | 
 |     int *aiCol;                               /* array of column indexes */ | 
 |     struct IdxCover *pIdxCover;               /* Check for index coverage */ | 
 |     ExprList *pGroupBy;                       /* GROUP BY clause */ | 
 |     Select *pSelect;                          /* HAVING to WHERE clause ctx */ | 
 |     struct WindowRewrite *pRewrite;           /* Window rewrite context */ | 
 |     struct WhereConst *pConst;                /* WHERE clause constants */ | 
 |     struct RenameCtx *pRename;                /* RENAME COLUMN context */ | 
 |     struct Table *pTab;                       /* Table of generated column */ | 
 |     struct CoveringIndexCheck *pCovIdxCk;     /* Check for covering index */ | 
 |     SrcItem *pSrcItem;                        /* A single FROM clause item */ | 
 |     DbFixer *pFix;                            /* See sqlite3FixSelect() */ | 
 |     Mem *aMem;                                /* See sqlite3BtreeCursorHint() */ | 
 |   } u; | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The following structure contains information used by the sqliteFix... | 
 | ** routines as they walk the parse tree to make database references | 
 | ** explicit. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct DbFixer { | 
 |   Parse *pParse;      /* The parsing context.  Error messages written here */ | 
 |   Walker w;           /* Walker object */ | 
 |   Schema *pSchema;    /* Fix items to this schema */ | 
 |   u8 bTemp;           /* True for TEMP schema entries */ | 
 |   const char *zDb;    /* Make sure all objects are contained in this database */ | 
 |   const char *zType;  /* Type of the container - used for error messages */ | 
 |   const Token *pName; /* Name of the container - used for error messages */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* Forward declarations */ | 
 | int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker*, Expr*); | 
 | int sqlite3WalkExprNN(Walker*, Expr*); | 
 | int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker*, ExprList*); | 
 | int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker*, Select*); | 
 | int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker*, Select*); | 
 | int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker*, Select*); | 
 | int sqlite3ExprWalkNoop(Walker*, Expr*); | 
 | int sqlite3SelectWalkNoop(Walker*, Select*); | 
 | int sqlite3SelectWalkFail(Walker*, Select*); | 
 | int sqlite3WalkerDepthIncrease(Walker*,Select*); | 
 | void sqlite3WalkerDepthDecrease(Walker*,Select*); | 
 | void sqlite3WalkWinDefnDummyCallback(Walker*,Select*); | 
 |  | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG | 
 | void sqlite3SelectWalkAssert2(Walker*, Select*); | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE | 
 | void sqlite3SelectPopWith(Walker*, Select*); | 
 | #else | 
 | # define sqlite3SelectPopWith 0 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Return code from the parse-tree walking primitives and their | 
 | ** callbacks. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define WRC_Continue    0   /* Continue down into children */ | 
 | #define WRC_Prune       1   /* Omit children but continue walking siblings */ | 
 | #define WRC_Abort       2   /* Abandon the tree walk */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** A single common table expression | 
 | */ | 
 | struct Cte { | 
 |   char *zName;            /* Name of this CTE */ | 
 |   ExprList *pCols;        /* List of explicit column names, or NULL */ | 
 |   Select *pSelect;        /* The definition of this CTE */ | 
 |   const char *zCteErr;    /* Error message for circular references */ | 
 |   CteUse *pUse;           /* Usage information for this CTE */ | 
 |   u8 eM10d;               /* The MATERIALIZED flag */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Allowed values for the materialized flag (eM10d): | 
 | */ | 
 | #define M10d_Yes       0  /* AS MATERIALIZED */ | 
 | #define M10d_Any       1  /* Not specified.  Query planner's choice */ | 
 | #define M10d_No        2  /* AS NOT MATERIALIZED */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** An instance of the With object represents a WITH clause containing | 
 | ** one or more CTEs (common table expressions). | 
 | */ | 
 | struct With { | 
 |   int nCte;               /* Number of CTEs in the WITH clause */ | 
 |   int bView;              /* Belongs to the outermost Select of a view */ | 
 |   With *pOuter;           /* Containing WITH clause, or NULL */ | 
 |   Cte a[1];               /* For each CTE in the WITH clause.... */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The Cte object is not guaranteed to persist for the entire duration | 
 | ** of code generation.  (The query flattener or other parser tree | 
 | ** edits might delete it.)  The following object records information | 
 | ** about each Common Table Expression that must be preserved for the | 
 | ** duration of the parse. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The CteUse objects are freed using sqlite3ParserAddCleanup() rather | 
 | ** than sqlite3SelectDelete(), which is what enables them to persist | 
 | ** until the end of code generation. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct CteUse { | 
 |   int nUse;              /* Number of users of this CTE */ | 
 |   int addrM9e;           /* Start of subroutine to compute materialization */ | 
 |   int regRtn;            /* Return address register for addrM9e subroutine */ | 
 |   int iCur;              /* Ephemeral table holding the materialization */ | 
 |   LogEst nRowEst;        /* Estimated number of rows in the table */ | 
 |   u8 eM10d;              /* The MATERIALIZED flag */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | /* Client data associated with sqlite3_set_clientdata() and | 
 | ** sqlite3_get_clientdata(). | 
 | */ | 
 | struct DbClientData { | 
 |   DbClientData *pNext;        /* Next in a linked list */ | 
 |   void *pData;                /* The data */ | 
 |   void (*xDestructor)(void*); /* Destructor.  Might be NULL */ | 
 |   char zName[1];              /* Name of this client data. MUST BE LAST */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG | 
 | /* | 
 | ** An instance of the TreeView object is used for printing the content of | 
 | ** data structures on sqlite3DebugPrintf() using a tree-like view. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct TreeView { | 
 |   int iLevel;             /* Which level of the tree we are on */ | 
 |   u8  bLine[100];         /* Draw vertical in column i if bLine[i] is true */ | 
 | }; | 
 | #endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** This object is used in various ways, most (but not all) related to window | 
 | ** functions. | 
 | ** | 
 | **   (1) A single instance of this structure is attached to the | 
 | **       the Expr.y.pWin field for each window function in an expression tree. | 
 | **       This object holds the information contained in the OVER clause, | 
 | **       plus additional fields used during code generation. | 
 | ** | 
 | **   (2) All window functions in a single SELECT form a linked-list | 
 | **       attached to Select.pWin.  The Window.pFunc and Window.pExpr | 
 | **       fields point back to the expression that is the window function. | 
 | ** | 
 | **   (3) The terms of the WINDOW clause of a SELECT are instances of this | 
 | **       object on a linked list attached to Select.pWinDefn. | 
 | ** | 
 | **   (4) For an aggregate function with a FILTER clause, an instance | 
 | **       of this object is stored in Expr.y.pWin with eFrmType set to | 
 | **       TK_FILTER. In this case the only field used is Window.pFilter. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The uses (1) and (2) are really the same Window object that just happens | 
 | ** to be accessible in two different ways.  Use case (3) are separate objects. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct Window { | 
 |   char *zName;            /* Name of window (may be NULL) */ | 
 |   char *zBase;            /* Name of base window for chaining (may be NULL) */ | 
 |   ExprList *pPartition;   /* PARTITION BY clause */ | 
 |   ExprList *pOrderBy;     /* ORDER BY clause */ | 
 |   u8 eFrmType;            /* TK_RANGE, TK_GROUPS, TK_ROWS, or 0 */ | 
 |   u8 eStart;              /* UNBOUNDED, CURRENT, PRECEDING or FOLLOWING */ | 
 |   u8 eEnd;                /* UNBOUNDED, CURRENT, PRECEDING or FOLLOWING */ | 
 |   u8 bImplicitFrame;      /* True if frame was implicitly specified */ | 
 |   u8 eExclude;            /* TK_NO, TK_CURRENT, TK_TIES, TK_GROUP, or 0 */ | 
 |   Expr *pStart;           /* Expression for "<expr> PRECEDING" */ | 
 |   Expr *pEnd;             /* Expression for "<expr> FOLLOWING" */ | 
 |   Window **ppThis;        /* Pointer to this object in Select.pWin list */ | 
 |   Window *pNextWin;       /* Next window function belonging to this SELECT */ | 
 |   Expr *pFilter;          /* The FILTER expression */ | 
 |   FuncDef *pWFunc;        /* The function */ | 
 |   int iEphCsr;            /* Partition buffer or Peer buffer */ | 
 |   int regAccum;           /* Accumulator */ | 
 |   int regResult;          /* Interim result */ | 
 |   int csrApp;             /* Function cursor (used by min/max) */ | 
 |   int regApp;             /* Function register (also used by min/max) */ | 
 |   int regPart;            /* Array of registers for PARTITION BY values */ | 
 |   Expr *pOwner;           /* Expression object this window is attached to */ | 
 |   int nBufferCol;         /* Number of columns in buffer table */ | 
 |   int iArgCol;            /* Offset of first argument for this function */ | 
 |   int regOne;             /* Register containing constant value 1 */ | 
 |   int regStartRowid; | 
 |   int regEndRowid; | 
 |   u8 bExprArgs;           /* Defer evaluation of window function arguments | 
 |                           ** due to the SQLITE_SUBTYPE flag */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | Select *sqlite3MultiValues(Parse *pParse, Select *pLeft, ExprList *pRow); | 
 | void sqlite3MultiValuesEnd(Parse *pParse, Select *pVal); | 
 |  | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC | 
 | void sqlite3WindowDelete(sqlite3*, Window*); | 
 | void sqlite3WindowUnlinkFromSelect(Window*); | 
 | void sqlite3WindowListDelete(sqlite3 *db, Window *p); | 
 | Window *sqlite3WindowAlloc(Parse*, int, int, Expr*, int , Expr*, u8); | 
 | void sqlite3WindowAttach(Parse*, Expr*, Window*); | 
 | void sqlite3WindowLink(Select *pSel, Window *pWin); | 
 | int sqlite3WindowCompare(const Parse*, const Window*, const Window*, int); | 
 | void sqlite3WindowCodeInit(Parse*, Select*); | 
 | void sqlite3WindowCodeStep(Parse*, Select*, WhereInfo*, int, int); | 
 | int sqlite3WindowRewrite(Parse*, Select*); | 
 | void sqlite3WindowUpdate(Parse*, Window*, Window*, FuncDef*); | 
 | Window *sqlite3WindowDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pOwner, Window *p); | 
 | Window *sqlite3WindowListDup(sqlite3 *db, Window *p); | 
 | void sqlite3WindowFunctions(void); | 
 | void sqlite3WindowChain(Parse*, Window*, Window*); | 
 | Window *sqlite3WindowAssemble(Parse*, Window*, ExprList*, ExprList*, Token*); | 
 | #else | 
 | # define sqlite3WindowDelete(a,b) | 
 | # define sqlite3WindowFunctions() | 
 | # define sqlite3WindowAttach(a,b,c) | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Assuming zIn points to the first byte of a UTF-8 character, | 
 | ** advance zIn to point to the first byte of the next UTF-8 character. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zIn) {                        \ | 
 |   if( (*(zIn++))>=0xc0 ){                              \ | 
 |     while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ zIn++; }             \ | 
 |   }                                                    \ | 
 | } | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The SQLITE_*_BKPT macros are substitutes for the error codes with | 
 | ** the same name but without the _BKPT suffix.  These macros invoke | 
 | ** routines that report the line-number on which the error originated | 
 | ** using sqlite3_log().  The routines also provide a convenient place | 
 | ** to set a debugger breakpoint. | 
 | */ | 
 | int sqlite3ReportError(int iErr, int lineno, const char *zType); | 
 | int sqlite3CorruptError(int); | 
 | int sqlite3MisuseError(int); | 
 | int sqlite3CantopenError(int); | 
 | #define SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT sqlite3CorruptError(__LINE__) | 
 | #define SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT sqlite3MisuseError(__LINE__) | 
 | #define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT sqlite3CantopenError(__LINE__) | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG | 
 |   int sqlite3NomemError(int); | 
 |   int sqlite3IoerrnomemError(int); | 
 | # define SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT sqlite3NomemError(__LINE__) | 
 | # define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT sqlite3IoerrnomemError(__LINE__) | 
 | #else | 
 | # define SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT SQLITE_NOMEM | 
 | # define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM | 
 | #endif | 
 | #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CORRUPT_PGNO) | 
 |   int sqlite3CorruptPgnoError(int,Pgno); | 
 | # define SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(P) sqlite3CorruptPgnoError(__LINE__,(P)) | 
 | #else | 
 | # define SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(P) sqlite3CorruptError(__LINE__) | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** FTS3 and FTS4 both require virtual table support | 
 | */ | 
 | #if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) | 
 | # undef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 | 
 | # undef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3.  It is enabled using the | 
 | ** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro.  But to avoid confusion we also call | 
 | ** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alias for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3. | 
 | */ | 
 | #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) | 
 | # define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 1 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The ctype.h header is needed for non-ASCII systems.  It is also | 
 | ** needed by FTS3 when FTS3 is included in the amalgamation. | 
 | */ | 
 | #if !defined(SQLITE_ASCII) || \ | 
 |     (defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && defined(SQLITE_AMALGAMATION)) | 
 | # include <ctype.h> | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The following macros mimic the standard library functions toupper(), | 
 | ** isspace(), isalnum(), isdigit() and isxdigit(), respectively. The | 
 | ** sqlite versions only work for ASCII characters, regardless of locale. | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_ASCII | 
 | # define sqlite3Toupper(x)  ((x)&~(sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x20)) | 
 | # define sqlite3Isspace(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x01) | 
 | # define sqlite3Isalnum(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x06) | 
 | # define sqlite3Isalpha(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x02) | 
 | # define sqlite3Isdigit(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x04) | 
 | # define sqlite3Isxdigit(x)  (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x08) | 
 | # define sqlite3Tolower(x)   (sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)(x)]) | 
 | # define sqlite3Isquote(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x80) | 
 | # define sqlite3JsonId1(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x42) | 
 | # define sqlite3JsonId2(x)   (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x46) | 
 | #else | 
 | # define sqlite3Toupper(x)   toupper((unsigned char)(x)) | 
 | # define sqlite3Isspace(x)   isspace((unsigned char)(x)) | 
 | # define sqlite3Isalnum(x)   isalnum((unsigned char)(x)) | 
 | # define sqlite3Isalpha(x)   isalpha((unsigned char)(x)) | 
 | # define sqlite3Isdigit(x)   isdigit((unsigned char)(x)) | 
 | # define sqlite3Isxdigit(x)  isxdigit((unsigned char)(x)) | 
 | # define sqlite3Tolower(x)   tolower((unsigned char)(x)) | 
 | # define sqlite3Isquote(x)   ((x)=='"'||(x)=='\''||(x)=='['||(x)=='`') | 
 | # define sqlite3JsonId1(x)   (sqlite3IsIdChar(x)&&(x)<'0') | 
 | # define sqlite3JsonId2(x)   sqlite3IsIdChar(x) | 
 | #endif | 
 | int sqlite3IsIdChar(u8); | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Internal function prototypes | 
 | */ | 
 | int sqlite3StrICmp(const char*,const char*); | 
 | int sqlite3Strlen30(const char*); | 
 | #define sqlite3Strlen30NN(C) (strlen(C)&0x3fffffff) | 
 | char *sqlite3ColumnType(Column*,char*); | 
 | #define sqlite3StrNICmp sqlite3_strnicmp | 
 |  | 
 | int sqlite3MallocInit(void); | 
 | void sqlite3MallocEnd(void); | 
 | void *sqlite3Malloc(u64); | 
 | void *sqlite3MallocZero(u64); | 
 | void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3*, u64); | 
 | void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3*, u64); | 
 | void *sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(sqlite3*, u64); | 
 | char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3*,const char*); | 
 | char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3*,const char*, u64); | 
 | char *sqlite3DbSpanDup(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*); | 
 | void *sqlite3Realloc(void*, u64); | 
 | void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *, void *, u64); | 
 | void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *, void *, u64); | 
 | void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3*, void*); | 
 | void sqlite3DbFreeNN(sqlite3*, void*); | 
 | void sqlite3DbNNFreeNN(sqlite3*, void*); | 
 | int sqlite3MallocSize(const void*); | 
 | int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3*, const void*); | 
 | void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int); | 
 | void sqlite3PageFree(void*); | 
 | void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void); | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE | 
 | void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(void (*)(void), void (*)(void)); | 
 | #endif | 
 | int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void); | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** On systems with ample stack space and that support alloca(), make | 
 | ** use of alloca() to obtain space for large automatic objects.  By default, | 
 | ** obtain space from malloc(). | 
 | ** | 
 | ** The alloca() routine never returns NULL.  This will cause code paths | 
 | ** that deal with sqlite3StackAlloc() failures to be unreachable. | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA | 
 | # define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N)   alloca(N) | 
 | # define sqlite3StackAllocRawNN(D,N) alloca(N) | 
 | # define sqlite3StackFree(D,P) | 
 | # define sqlite3StackFreeNN(D,P) | 
 | #else | 
 | # define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N)   sqlite3DbMallocRaw(D,N) | 
 | # define sqlite3StackAllocRawNN(D,N) sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(D,N) | 
 | # define sqlite3StackFree(D,P)       sqlite3DbFree(D,P) | 
 | # define sqlite3StackFreeNN(D,P)     sqlite3DbFreeNN(D,P) | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* Do not allow both MEMSYS5 and MEMSYS3 to be defined together.  If they | 
 | ** are, disable MEMSYS3 | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 | 
 | const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void); | 
 | #undef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 | 
 | const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void); | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT | 
 |   sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void); | 
 |   sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void); | 
 |   sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int); | 
 |   int sqlite3MutexInit(void); | 
 |   int sqlite3MutexEnd(void); | 
 | #endif | 
 | #if !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) | 
 |   void sqlite3MemoryBarrier(void); | 
 | #else | 
 | # define sqlite3MemoryBarrier() | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StatusValue(int); | 
 | void sqlite3StatusUp(int, int); | 
 | void sqlite3StatusDown(int, int); | 
 | void sqlite3StatusHighwater(int, int); | 
 | int sqlite3LookasideUsed(sqlite3*,int*); | 
 |  | 
 | /* Access to mutexes used by sqlite3_status() */ | 
 | sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3Pcache1Mutex(void); | 
 | sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MallocMutex(void); | 
 |  | 
 | #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTITHREADED_CHECKS) && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) | 
 | void sqlite3MutexWarnOnContention(sqlite3_mutex*); | 
 | #else | 
 | # define sqlite3MutexWarnOnContention(x) | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT | 
 | # define EXP754 (((u64)0x7ff)<<52) | 
 | # define MAN754 ((((u64)1)<<52)-1) | 
 | # define IsNaN(X) (((X)&EXP754)==EXP754 && ((X)&MAN754)!=0) | 
 | # define IsOvfl(X) (((X)&EXP754)==EXP754) | 
 |   int sqlite3IsNaN(double); | 
 |   int sqlite3IsOverflow(double); | 
 | #else | 
 | # define IsNaN(X)             0 | 
 | # define sqlite3IsNaN(X)      0 | 
 | # define sqlite3IsOVerflow(X) 0 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** An instance of the following structure holds information about SQL | 
 | ** functions arguments that are the parameters to the printf() function. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct PrintfArguments { | 
 |   int nArg;                /* Total number of arguments */ | 
 |   int nUsed;               /* Number of arguments used so far */ | 
 |   sqlite3_value **apArg;   /* The argument values */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** An instance of this object receives the decoding of a floating point | 
 | ** value into an approximate decimal representation. | 
 | */ | 
 | struct FpDecode { | 
 |   char sign;           /* '+' or '-' */ | 
 |   char isSpecial;      /* 1: Infinity  2: NaN */ | 
 |   int n;               /* Significant digits in the decode */ | 
 |   int iDP;             /* Location of the decimal point */ | 
 |   char *z;             /* Start of significant digits */ | 
 |   char zBuf[24];       /* Storage for significant digits */ | 
 | }; | 
 |  | 
 | void sqlite3FpDecode(FpDecode*,double,int,int); | 
 | char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, ...); | 
 | char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, va_list); | 
 | #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE) | 
 |   void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char*, ...); | 
 | #endif | 
 | #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) | 
 |   void *sqlite3TestTextToPtr(const char*); | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) | 
 |   void sqlite3TreeViewLine(TreeView*, const char *zFormat, ...); | 
 |   void sqlite3TreeViewExpr(TreeView*, const Expr*, u8); | 
 |   void sqlite3TreeViewBareExprList(TreeView*, const ExprList*, const char*); | 
 |   void sqlite3TreeViewExprList(TreeView*, const ExprList*, u8, const char*); | 
 |   void sqlite3TreeViewBareIdList(TreeView*, const IdList*, const char*); | 
 |   void sqlite3TreeViewIdList(TreeView*, const IdList*, u8, const char*); | 
 |   void sqlite3TreeViewColumnList(TreeView*, const Column*, int, u8); | 
 |   void sqlite3TreeViewSrcList(TreeView*, const SrcList*); | 
 |   void sqlite3TreeViewSelect(TreeView*, const Select*, u8); | 
 |   void sqlite3TreeViewWith(TreeView*, const With*, u8); | 
 |   void sqlite3TreeViewUpsert(TreeView*, const Upsert*, u8); | 
 | #if TREETRACE_ENABLED | 
 |   void sqlite3TreeViewDelete(const With*, const SrcList*, const Expr*, | 
 |                              const ExprList*,const Expr*, const Trigger*); | 
 |   void sqlite3TreeViewInsert(const With*, const SrcList*, | 
 |                              const IdList*, const Select*, const ExprList*, | 
 |                              int, const Upsert*, const Trigger*); | 
 |   void sqlite3TreeViewUpdate(const With*, const SrcList*, const ExprList*, | 
 |                              const Expr*, int, const ExprList*, const Expr*, | 
 |                              const Upsert*, const Trigger*); | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER | 
 |   void sqlite3TreeViewTriggerStep(TreeView*, const TriggerStep*, u8, u8); | 
 |   void sqlite3TreeViewTrigger(TreeView*, const Trigger*, u8, u8); | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC | 
 |   void sqlite3TreeViewWindow(TreeView*, const Window*, u8); | 
 |   void sqlite3TreeViewWinFunc(TreeView*, const Window*, u8); | 
 | #endif | 
 |   void sqlite3ShowExpr(const Expr*); | 
 |   void sqlite3ShowExprList(const ExprList*); | 
 |   void sqlite3ShowIdList(const IdList*); | 
 |   void sqlite3ShowSrcList(const SrcList*); | 
 |   void sqlite3ShowSelect(const Select*); | 
 |   void sqlite3ShowWith(const With*); | 
 |   void sqlite3ShowUpsert(const Upsert*); | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER | 
 |   void sqlite3ShowTriggerStep(const TriggerStep*); | 
 |   void sqlite3ShowTriggerStepList(const TriggerStep*); | 
 |   void sqlite3ShowTrigger(const Trigger*); | 
 |   void sqlite3ShowTriggerList(const Trigger*); | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC | 
 |   void sqlite3ShowWindow(const Window*); | 
 |   void sqlite3ShowWinFunc(const Window*); | 
 | #endif | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | void sqlite3SetString(char **, sqlite3*, const char*); | 
 | void sqlite3ProgressCheck(Parse*); | 
 | void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse*, const char*, ...); | 
 | int sqlite3ErrorToParser(sqlite3*,int); | 
 | void sqlite3Dequote(char*); | 
 | void sqlite3DequoteExpr(Expr*); | 
 | void sqlite3DequoteToken(Token*); | 
 | void sqlite3DequoteNumber(Parse*, Expr*); | 
 | void sqlite3TokenInit(Token*,char*); | 
 | int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char*, int); | 
 | int sqlite3RunParser(Parse*, const char*); | 
 | void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse*); | 
 | int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse*); | 
 | void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse*,int); | 
 | int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse*,int); | 
 | void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse*,int,int); | 
 | void sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(Parse*); | 
 | void sqlite3TouchRegister(Parse*,int); | 
 | #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) | 
 | int sqlite3FirstAvailableRegister(Parse*,int); | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG | 
 | int sqlite3NoTempsInRange(Parse*,int,int); | 
 | #endif | 
 | Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc(sqlite3*,int,const Token*,int); | 
 | Expr *sqlite3Expr(sqlite3*,int,const char*); | 
 | void sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(sqlite3*,Expr*,Expr*,Expr*); | 
 | Expr *sqlite3PExpr(Parse*, int, Expr*, Expr*); | 
 | void sqlite3PExprAddSelect(Parse*, Expr*, Select*); | 
 | Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(Parse*,Expr*, Expr*); | 
 | Expr *sqlite3ExprSimplifiedAndOr(Expr*); | 
 | Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse*,ExprList*, const Token*, int); | 
 | void sqlite3ExprAddFunctionOrderBy(Parse*,Expr*,ExprList*); | 
 | void sqlite3ExprOrderByAggregateError(Parse*,Expr*); | 
 | void sqlite3ExprFunctionUsable(Parse*,const Expr*,const FuncDef*); | 
 | void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse*, Expr*, u32); | 
 | void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3*, Expr*); | 
 | void sqlite3ExprDeleteGeneric(sqlite3*,void*); | 
 | int sqlite3ExprDeferredDelete(Parse*, Expr*); | 
 | void sqlite3ExprUnmapAndDelete(Parse*, Expr*); | 
 | ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(Parse*,ExprList*,Expr*); | 
 | ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppendVector(Parse*,ExprList*,IdList*,Expr*); | 
 | Select *sqlite3ExprListToValues(Parse*, int, ExprList*); | 
 | void sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(ExprList*,int,int); | 
 | void sqlite3ExprListSetName(Parse*,ExprList*,const Token*,int); | 
 | void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(Parse*,ExprList*,const char*,const char*); | 
 | void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3*, ExprList*); | 
 | void sqlite3ExprListDeleteGeneric(sqlite3*,void*); | 
 | u32 sqlite3ExprListFlags(const ExprList*); | 
 | int sqlite3IndexHasDuplicateRootPage(Index*); | 
 | int sqlite3Init(sqlite3*, char**); | 
 | int sqlite3InitCallback(void*, int, char**, char**); | 
 | int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3*, int, char**, u32); | 
 | void sqlite3Pragma(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,int); | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE | 
 | Module *sqlite3PragmaVtabRegister(sqlite3*,const char *zName); | 
 | #endif | 
 | void sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(sqlite3*); | 
 | void sqlite3ResetOneSchema(sqlite3*,int); | 
 | void sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(sqlite3*); | 
 | void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3*); | 
 | void sqlite3ColumnSetExpr(Parse*,Table*,Column*,Expr*); | 
 | Expr *sqlite3ColumnExpr(Table*,Column*); | 
 | void sqlite3ColumnSetColl(sqlite3*,Column*,const char*zColl); | 
 | const char *sqlite3ColumnColl(Column*); | 
 | void sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(sqlite3*,Table*); | 
 | void sqlite3GenerateColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect); | 
 | int sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(Parse*,ExprList*,i16*,Column**); | 
 | void sqlite3SubqueryColumnTypes(Parse*,Table*,Select*,char); | 
 | Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse*,Select*,char); | 
 | void sqlite3OpenSchemaTable(Parse *, int); | 
 | Index *sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(Table*); | 
 | i16 sqlite3TableColumnToIndex(Index*, i16); | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GENERATED_COLUMNS | 
 | # define sqlite3TableColumnToStorage(T,X) (X)  /* No-op pass-through */ | 
 | # define sqlite3StorageColumnToTable(T,X) (X)  /* No-op pass-through */ | 
 | #else | 
 |   i16 sqlite3TableColumnToStorage(Table*, i16); | 
 |   i16 sqlite3StorageColumnToTable(Table*, i16); | 
 | #endif | 
 | void sqlite3StartTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,int,int,int,int); | 
 | #if SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS | 
 |   void sqlite3ColumnPropertiesFromName(Table*, Column*); | 
 | #else | 
 | # define sqlite3ColumnPropertiesFromName(T,C) /* no-op */ | 
 | #endif | 
 | void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse*,Token,Token); | 
 | void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse*, int); | 
 | void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, int); | 
 | void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(Parse*, Expr*, const char*, const char*); | 
 | void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse*,Expr*,const char*,const char*); | 
 | void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse*, Token*); | 
 | void sqlite3AddGenerated(Parse*,Expr*,Token*); | 
 | void sqlite3EndTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,u32,Select*); | 
 | void sqlite3AddReturning(Parse*,ExprList*); | 
 | int sqlite3ParseUri(const char*,const char*,unsigned int*, | 
 |                     sqlite3_vfs**,char**,char **); | 
 | #define sqlite3CodecQueryParameters(A,B,C) 0 | 
 | Btree *sqlite3DbNameToBtree(sqlite3*,const char*); | 
 |  | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE | 
 | # define sqlite3FaultSim(X) SQLITE_OK | 
 | #else | 
 |   int sqlite3FaultSim(int); | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32); | 
 | int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec*, u32); | 
 | int sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(Bitvec*, u32); | 
 | int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec*, u32); | 
 | void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec*, u32, void*); | 
 | void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec*); | 
 | u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec*); | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE | 
 | int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int,int*); | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3*); | 
 | void sqlite3RowSetDelete(void*); | 
 | void sqlite3RowSetClear(void*); | 
 | void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet*, i64); | 
 | int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet*, int iBatch, i64); | 
 | int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet*, i64*); | 
 |  | 
 | void sqlite3CreateView(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,ExprList*,Select*,int,int); | 
 |  | 
 | #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) | 
 |   int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse*,Table*); | 
 | #else | 
 | # define sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(A,B) 0 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | #if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30 | 
 |   int sqlite3DbMaskAllZero(yDbMask); | 
 | #endif | 
 | void sqlite3DropTable(Parse*, SrcList*, int, int); | 
 | void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse*, Table*, int, int); | 
 | void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3*, Table*); | 
 | void sqlite3DeleteTableGeneric(sqlite3*, void*); | 
 | void sqlite3FreeIndex(sqlite3*, Index*); | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT | 
 |   void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse); | 
 |   void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse); | 
 | #else | 
 | # define sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(X) | 
 | # define sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(X) | 
 | #endif | 
 | void sqlite3Insert(Parse*, SrcList*, Select*, IdList*, int, Upsert*); | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GENERATED_COLUMNS | 
 |   void sqlite3ComputeGeneratedColumns(Parse*, int, Table*); | 
 | #endif | 
 | void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(sqlite3*,void*,int,int*,int*); | 
 | IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(Parse*, IdList*, Token*); | 
 | int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList*,const char*); | 
 | SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(Parse*, SrcList*, int, int); | 
 | SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendList(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p1, SrcList *p2); | 
 | SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*); | 
 | SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*, | 
 |                                       Token*, Select*, OnOrUsing*); | 
 | void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *, SrcList *, Token *); | 
 | void sqlite3SrcListFuncArgs(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*); | 
 | int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *, SrcItem *); | 
 | void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(Parse*,SrcList*); | 
 | void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse*, SrcList*); | 
 | void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3*, IdList*); | 
 | void sqlite3ClearOnOrUsing(sqlite3*, OnOrUsing*); | 
 | void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3*, SrcList*); | 
 | Index *sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(sqlite3*,i16,int,char**); | 
 | void sqlite3CreateIndex(Parse*,Token*,Token*,SrcList*,ExprList*,int,Token*, | 
 |                           Expr*, int, int, u8); | 
 | void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse*, SrcList*, int); | 
 | int sqlite3Select(Parse*, Select*, SelectDest*); | 
 | Select *sqlite3SelectNew(Parse*,ExprList*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*, | 
 |                          Expr*,ExprList*,u32,Expr*); | 
 | void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3*, Select*); | 
 | void sqlite3SelectDeleteGeneric(sqlite3*,void*); | 
 | Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse*, SrcList*); | 
 | int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, Trigger*); | 
 | void sqlite3OpenTable(Parse*, int iCur, int iDb, Table*, int); | 
 | #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) | 
 | Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(Parse*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,Expr*,char*); | 
 | #endif | 
 | void sqlite3CodeChangeCount(Vdbe*,int,const char*); | 
 | void sqlite3DeleteFrom(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*, ExprList*, Expr*); | 
 | void sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*,Expr*,int,ExprList*,Expr*, | 
 |                    Upsert*); | 
 | WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*, | 
 |                              ExprList*,Select*,u16,int); | 
 | void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo*); | 
 | LogEst sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(WhereInfo*); | 
 | int sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(WhereInfo*); | 
 | int sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(WhereInfo*); | 
 | int sqlite3WhereOrderByLimitOptLabel(WhereInfo*); | 
 | void sqlite3WhereMinMaxOptEarlyOut(Vdbe*,WhereInfo*); | 
 | int sqlite3WhereIsSorted(WhereInfo*); | 
 | int sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(WhereInfo*); | 
 | int sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(WhereInfo*); | 
 | int sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(WhereInfo*, int*); | 
 | #define ONEPASS_OFF      0        /* Use of ONEPASS not allowed */ | 
 | #define ONEPASS_SINGLE   1        /* ONEPASS valid for a single row update */ | 
 | #define ONEPASS_MULTI    2        /* ONEPASS is valid for multiple rows */ | 
 | int sqlite3WhereUsesDeferredSeek(WhereInfo*); | 
 | void sqlite3ExprCodeLoadIndexColumn(Parse*, Index*, int, int, int); | 
 | int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int, u8); | 
 | void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(Vdbe*, Table*, int, int, int); | 
 | void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse*, int, int, int); | 
 | void sqlite3ExprToRegister(Expr *pExpr, int iReg); | 
 | void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse*, Expr*, int); | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GENERATED_COLUMNS | 
 | void sqlite3ExprCodeGeneratedColumn(Parse*, Table*, Column*, int); | 
 | #endif | 
 | void sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(Parse*, Expr*, int); | 
 | void sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(Parse*, Expr*, int); | 
 | int sqlite3ExprCodeRunJustOnce(Parse*, Expr*, int); | 
 | int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse*, Expr*, int*); | 
 | int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse*, Expr*, int); | 
 | int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, u8); | 
 | #define SQLITE_ECEL_DUP      0x01  /* Deep, not shallow copies */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR   0x02  /* Factor out constant terms */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_ECEL_REF      0x04  /* Use ExprList.u.x.iOrderByCol */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF  0x08  /* Omit if ExprList.u.x.iOrderByCol */ | 
 | void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse*, Expr*, int, int); | 
 | void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse*, Expr*, int, int); | 
 | void sqlite3ExprIfFalseDup(Parse*, Expr*, int, int); | 
 | Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*); | 
 | #define LOCATE_VIEW    0x01 | 
 | #define LOCATE_NOERR   0x02 | 
 | Table *sqlite3LocateTable(Parse*,u32 flags,const char*, const char*); | 
 | const char *sqlite3PreferredTableName(const char*); | 
 | Table *sqlite3LocateTableItem(Parse*,u32 flags,SrcItem *); | 
 | Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*); | 
 | void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3*,int,const char*); | 
 | void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3*,int,const char*); | 
 | void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse*,Token*,Expr*); | 
 | int sqlite3RunVacuum(char**, sqlite3*, int, sqlite3_value*); | 
 | char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3*, const Token*); | 
 | int sqlite3ExprCompare(const Parse*,const Expr*,const Expr*, int); | 
 | int sqlite3ExprCompareSkip(Expr*,Expr*,int); | 
 | int sqlite3ExprListCompare(const ExprList*,const ExprList*, int); | 
 | int sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(const Parse*,const Expr*,const Expr*, int); | 
 | int sqlite3ExprImpliesNonNullRow(Expr*,int,int); | 
 | void sqlite3AggInfoPersistWalkerInit(Walker*,Parse*); | 
 | void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext*, Expr*); | 
 | void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext*,ExprList*); | 
 | int sqlite3ExprCoveredByIndex(Expr*, int iCur, Index *pIdx); | 
 | int sqlite3ReferencesSrcList(Parse*, Expr*, SrcList*); | 
 | Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse*); | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE | 
 | void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void); | 
 | void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void); | 
 | #endif | 
 | void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3*,int); | 
 | void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse*, int); | 
 | void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse*, const char *zDb); | 
 | void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse*, int); | 
 | void sqlite3EndTransaction(Parse*,int); | 
 | void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse*, int, Token*); | 
 | void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *); | 
 | void sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(sqlite3*); | 
 | u32 sqlite3IsTrueOrFalse(const char*); | 
 | int sqlite3ExprIdToTrueFalse(Expr*); | 
 | int sqlite3ExprTruthValue(const Expr*); | 
 | int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Parse*,Expr*); | 
 | int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr*, u8); | 
 | int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrGroupBy(Parse*, Expr*, ExprList*); | 
 | int sqlite3ExprIsSingleTableConstraint(Expr*,const SrcList*,int,int); | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS | 
 | int sqlite3ExprContainsSubquery(Expr*); | 
 | #endif | 
 | int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(const Expr*, int*, Parse*); | 
 | int sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(const Expr*); | 
 | int sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(const Expr*, char); | 
 | int sqlite3IsRowid(const char*); | 
 | const char *sqlite3RowidAlias(Table *pTab); | 
 | void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( | 
 |     Parse*,Table*,Trigger*,int,int,int,i16,u8,u8,u8,int); | 
 | void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*, int); | 
 | int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(Parse*, Index*, int, int, int, int*,Index*,int); | 
 | void sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(Parse*,int); | 
 | int sqlite3ExprReferencesUpdatedColumn(Expr*,int*,int); | 
 | void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(Parse*,Table*,int*,int,int,int,int, | 
 |                                      u8,u8,int,int*,int*,Upsert*); | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_NULL_TRIM | 
 |   void sqlite3SetMakeRecordP5(Vdbe*,Table*); | 
 | #else | 
 | # define sqlite3SetMakeRecordP5(A,B) | 
 | #endif | 
 | void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(Parse*,Table*,int,int,int,int*,int,int,int); | 
 | int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(Parse*, Table*, int, u8, int, u8*, int*, int*); | 
 | void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse*, int, int); | 
 | void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse*); | 
 | void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse*); | 
 | void sqlite3HaltConstraint(Parse*, int, int, char*, i8, u8); | 
 | void sqlite3UniqueConstraint(Parse*, int, Index*); | 
 | void sqlite3RowidConstraint(Parse*, int, Table*); | 
 | Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3*,const Expr*,int); | 
 | ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3*,const ExprList*,int); | 
 | SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3*,const SrcList*,int); | 
 | IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3*,const IdList*); | 
 | Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3*,const Select*,int); | 
 | FuncDef *sqlite3FunctionSearch(int,const char*); | 
 | void sqlite3InsertBuiltinFuncs(FuncDef*,int); | 
 | FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(sqlite3*,const char*,int,u8,u8); | 
 | void sqlite3QuoteValue(StrAccum*,sqlite3_value*); | 
 | void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(void); | 
 | void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void); | 
 | void sqlite3RegisterJsonFunctions(void); | 
 | void sqlite3RegisterPerConnectionBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3*); | 
 | #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_JSON) | 
 |   int sqlite3JsonTableFunctions(sqlite3*); | 
 | #endif | 
 | int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3*); | 
 | int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3*); | 
 | void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse*, int); | 
 | With *sqlite3WithDup(sqlite3 *db, With *p); | 
 |  | 
 | #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) | 
 | void sqlite3MaterializeView(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, ExprList*,Expr*,int); | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER | 
 |   void sqlite3BeginTrigger(Parse*, Token*,Token*,int,int,IdList*,SrcList*, | 
 |                            Expr*,int, int); | 
 |   void sqlite3FinishTrigger(Parse*, TriggerStep*, Token*); | 
 |   void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse*, SrcList*, int); | 
 |   void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse*, Trigger*); | 
 |   Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist(Parse *, Table*, int, ExprList*, int *pMask); | 
 |   Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *, Table *); | 
 |   void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(Parse*, Trigger *, int, ExprList*, int, Table *, | 
 |                             int, int, int); | 
 |   void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(Parse *, Trigger *, Table *, int, int, int); | 
 |   void sqliteViewTriggers(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int, ExprList*); | 
 |   void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3*, TriggerStep*); | 
 |   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3*,Select*, | 
 |                                         const char*,const char*); | 
 |   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(Parse*,Token*, IdList*, | 
 |                                         Select*,u8,Upsert*, | 
 |                                         const char*,const char*); | 
 |   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(Parse*,Token*,SrcList*,ExprList*, | 
 |                                         Expr*, u8, const char*,const char*); | 
 |   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(Parse*,Token*, Expr*, | 
 |                                         const char*,const char*); | 
 |   void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3*, Trigger*); | 
 |   void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*); | 
 |   u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask(Parse*,Trigger*,ExprList*,int,int,Table*,int); | 
 |   SrcList *sqlite3TriggerStepSrc(Parse*, TriggerStep*); | 
 | # define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) ((p)->pToplevel ? (p)->pToplevel : (p)) | 
 | # define sqlite3IsToplevel(p) ((p)->pToplevel==0) | 
 | #else | 
 | # define sqlite3TriggersExist(B,C,D,E,F) 0 | 
 | # define sqlite3DeleteTrigger(A,B) | 
 | # define sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(A,B) | 
 | # define sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(A,B,C) | 
 | # define sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I) | 
 | # define sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(A,B,C,D,E,F) | 
 | # define sqlite3TriggerList(X, Y) 0 | 
 | # define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) p | 
 | # define sqlite3IsToplevel(p) 1 | 
 | # define sqlite3TriggerColmask(A,B,C,D,E,F,G) 0 | 
 | # define sqlite3TriggerStepSrc(A,B) 0 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | int sqlite3JoinType(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*); | 
 | int sqlite3ColumnIndex(Table *pTab, const char *zCol); | 
 | void sqlite3SrcItemColumnUsed(SrcItem*,int); | 
 | void sqlite3SetJoinExpr(Expr*,int,u32); | 
 | void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(Parse*, ExprList*, Token*, ExprList*, int); | 
 | void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse*, int); | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION | 
 |   void sqlite3AuthRead(Parse*,Expr*,Schema*,SrcList*); | 
 |   int sqlite3AuthCheck(Parse*,int, const char*, const char*, const char*); | 
 |   void sqlite3AuthContextPush(Parse*, AuthContext*, const char*); | 
 |   void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext*); | 
 |   int sqlite3AuthReadCol(Parse*, const char *, const char *, int); | 
 | #else | 
 | # define sqlite3AuthRead(a,b,c,d) | 
 | # define sqlite3AuthCheck(a,b,c,d,e)    SQLITE_OK | 
 | # define sqlite3AuthContextPush(a,b,c) | 
 | # define sqlite3AuthContextPop(a)  ((void)(a)) | 
 | #endif | 
 | int sqlite3DbIsNamed(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName); | 
 | void sqlite3Attach(Parse*, Expr*, Expr*, Expr*); | 
 | void sqlite3Detach(Parse*, Expr*); | 
 | void sqlite3FixInit(DbFixer*, Parse*, int, const char*, const Token*); | 
 | int sqlite3FixSrcList(DbFixer*, SrcList*); | 
 | int sqlite3FixSelect(DbFixer*, Select*); | 
 | int sqlite3FixExpr(DbFixer*, Expr*); | 
 | int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(DbFixer*, TriggerStep*); | 
 |  | 
 | int sqlite3RealSameAsInt(double,sqlite3_int64); | 
 | i64 sqlite3RealToI64(double); | 
 | int sqlite3Int64ToText(i64,char*); | 
 | int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double*, int, u8); | 
 | int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *, int*); | 
 | int sqlite3GetUInt32(const char*, u32*); | 
 | int sqlite3Atoi(const char*); | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 | 
 | int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *pData, int nChar); | 
 | #endif | 
 | int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *pData, int nByte); | 
 | u32 sqlite3Utf8Read(const u8**); | 
 | int sqlite3Utf8ReadLimited(const u8*, int, u32*); | 
 | LogEst sqlite3LogEst(u64); | 
 | LogEst sqlite3LogEstAdd(LogEst,LogEst); | 
 | LogEst sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(double); | 
 | u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst); | 
 | VList *sqlite3VListAdd(sqlite3*,VList*,const char*,int,int); | 
 | const char *sqlite3VListNumToName(VList*,int); | 
 | int sqlite3VListNameToNum(VList*,const char*,int); | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Routines to read and write variable-length integers.  These used to | 
 | ** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c | 
 | ** file. | 
 | */ | 
 | int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char*, u64); | 
 | u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *, u64 *); | 
 | u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *, u32 *); | 
 | int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v); | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The common case is for a varint to be a single byte.  They following | 
 | ** macros handle the common case without a procedure call, but then call | 
 | ** the procedure for larger varints. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define getVarint32(A,B)  \ | 
 |   (u8)((*(A)<(u8)0x80)?((B)=(u32)*(A)),1:sqlite3GetVarint32((A),(u32 *)&(B))) | 
 | #define getVarint32NR(A,B) \ | 
 |   B=(u32)*(A);if(B>=0x80)sqlite3GetVarint32((A),(u32*)&(B)) | 
 | #define putVarint32(A,B)  \ | 
 |   (u8)(((u32)(B)<(u32)0x80)?(*(A)=(unsigned char)(B)),1:\ | 
 |   sqlite3PutVarint((A),(B))) | 
 | #define getVarint    sqlite3GetVarint | 
 | #define putVarint    sqlite3PutVarint | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(sqlite3*, Index*); | 
 | char *sqlite3TableAffinityStr(sqlite3*,const Table*); | 
 | void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe*, Table*, int); | 
 | char sqlite3CompareAffinity(const Expr *pExpr, char aff2); | 
 | int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(const Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity); | 
 | char sqlite3TableColumnAffinity(const Table*,int); | 
 | char sqlite3ExprAffinity(const Expr *pExpr); | 
 | int sqlite3ExprDataType(const Expr *pExpr); | 
 | int sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*, int, u8); | 
 | int sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(const char*, i64*); | 
 | void sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...); | 
 | void sqlite3Error(sqlite3*,int); | 
 | void sqlite3ErrorClear(sqlite3*); | 
 | void sqlite3SystemError(sqlite3*,int); | 
 | #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) | 
 | void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3*, const char *z, int n); | 
 | #endif | 
 | u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h); | 
 | int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **); | 
 |  | 
 | #if defined(SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME) | 
 | const char *sqlite3ErrName(int); | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DESERIALIZE | 
 | int sqlite3MemdbInit(void); | 
 | int sqlite3IsMemdb(const sqlite3_vfs*); | 
 | #else | 
 | # define sqlite3IsMemdb(X) 0 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int); | 
 | int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse); | 
 | CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char*,int); | 
 | int sqlite3IsBinary(const CollSeq*); | 
 | CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char*zName); | 
 | void sqlite3SetTextEncoding(sqlite3 *db, u8); | 
 | CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const Expr *pExpr); | 
 | CollSeq *sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const Expr *pExpr); | 
 | int sqlite3ExprCollSeqMatch(Parse*,const Expr*,const Expr*); | 
 | Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(const Parse *pParse, Expr*, const Token*, int); | 
 | Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(const Parse*,Expr*,const char*); | 
 | Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(Expr*); | 
 | Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollateAndLikely(Expr*); | 
 | int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *, CollSeq *); | 
 | int sqlite3WritableSchema(sqlite3*); | 
 | int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse*, const char*,const char*,const char*); | 
 | void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *, i64); | 
 | int sqlite3AddInt64(i64*,i64); | 
 | int sqlite3SubInt64(i64*,i64); | 
 | int sqlite3MulInt64(i64*,i64); | 
 | int sqlite3AbsInt32(int); | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES | 
 | void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char*, char*); | 
 | #else | 
 | # define sqlite3FileSuffix3(X,Y) | 
 | #endif | 
 | u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z,u8); | 
 |  | 
 | const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value*, u8); | 
 | int sqlite3ValueIsOfClass(const sqlite3_value*, void(*)(void*)); | 
 | int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value*, u8); | 
 | void sqlite3ValueSetStr(sqlite3_value*, int, const void *,u8, | 
 |                         void(*)(void*)); | 
 | void sqlite3ValueSetNull(sqlite3_value*); | 
 | void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value*); | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE | 
 | void sqlite3ResultIntReal(sqlite3_context*); | 
 | #endif | 
 | sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *); | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 | 
 | char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *, const void*, int, u8); | 
 | #endif | 
 | int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3 *, const Expr *, u8, u8, sqlite3_value **); | 
 | void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(sqlite3_value *, u8, u8); | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION | 
 | extern const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[]; | 
 | extern const char sqlite3StrBINARY[]; | 
 | extern const unsigned char sqlite3StdTypeLen[]; | 
 | extern const char sqlite3StdTypeAffinity[]; | 
 | extern const char *sqlite3StdType[]; | 
 | extern const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[]; | 
 | extern const unsigned char *sqlite3aLTb; | 
 | extern const unsigned char *sqlite3aEQb; | 
 | extern const unsigned char *sqlite3aGTb; | 
 | extern const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[]; | 
 | extern SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config; | 
 | extern FuncDefHash sqlite3BuiltinFunctions; | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD | 
 | extern int sqlite3PendingByte; | 
 | #endif | 
 | #endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ | 
 | #ifdef VDBE_PROFILE | 
 | extern sqlite3_uint64 sqlite3NProfileCnt; | 
 | #endif | 
 | void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3*, int, Pgno, Pgno); | 
 | void sqlite3Reindex(Parse*, Token*, Token*); | 
 | void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void); | 
 | void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*); | 
 | void sqlite3AlterRenameColumn(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*); | 
 | int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *, int *); | 
 | void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse*, const char*, ...); | 
 | void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3*, int); | 
 | void sqlite3CodeRhsOfIN(Parse*, Expr*, int); | 
 | int sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse*, Expr*); | 
 | void sqlite3SelectPrep(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*); | 
 | int sqlite3ExpandSubquery(Parse*, SrcItem*); | 
 | void sqlite3SelectWrongNumTermsError(Parse *pParse, Select *p); | 
 | int sqlite3MatchEName( | 
 |   const struct ExprList_item*, | 
 |   const char*, | 
 |   const char*, | 
 |   const char*, | 
 |   int* | 
 | ); | 
 | Bitmask sqlite3ExprColUsed(Expr*); | 
 | u8 sqlite3StrIHash(const char*); | 
 | int sqlite3ResolveExprNames(NameContext*, Expr*); | 
 | int sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(NameContext*, ExprList*); | 
 | void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*); | 
 | int sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(Parse*,Table*,int,Expr*,ExprList*); | 
 | int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(Parse*, Select*, ExprList*, const char*); | 
 | void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *, Table *, int, int); | 
 | void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *, Token *); | 
 | void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *, SrcList *); | 
 | void sqlite3AlterDropColumn(Parse*, SrcList*, const Token*); | 
 | const void *sqlite3RenameTokenMap(Parse*, const void*, const Token*); | 
 | void sqlite3RenameTokenRemap(Parse*, const void *pTo, const void *pFrom); | 
 | void sqlite3RenameExprUnmap(Parse*, Expr*); | 
 | void sqlite3RenameExprlistUnmap(Parse*, ExprList*); | 
 | CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(Parse*, u8, CollSeq *, const char*); | 
 | char sqlite3AffinityType(const char*, Column*); | 
 | void sqlite3Analyze(Parse*, Token*, Token*); | 
 | int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler*); | 
 | int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3*, Token*); | 
 | int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *, const char *); | 
 | int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3*,int iDB); | 
 | void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3*,Index*); | 
 | void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index*); | 
 | void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3*, int); | 
 | int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3*,Expr*,int*,char*); | 
 | void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *); | 
 | Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *, Btree *); | 
 | int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *); | 
 | KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(sqlite3*,int,int); | 
 | void sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(KeyInfo*); | 
 | KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoRef(KeyInfo*); | 
 | KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(Parse*, Index*); | 
 | KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoFromExprList(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int); | 
 | const char *sqlite3SelectOpName(int); | 
 | int sqlite3HasExplicitNulls(Parse*, ExprList*); | 
 |  | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG | 
 | int sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(KeyInfo*); | 
 | #endif | 
 | int sqlite3CreateFunc(sqlite3 *, const char *, int, int, void *, | 
 |   void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), | 
 |   void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), | 
 |   void (*)(sqlite3_context*), | 
 |   void (*)(sqlite3_context*), | 
 |   void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), | 
 |   FuncDestructor *pDestructor | 
 | ); | 
 | void sqlite3NoopDestructor(void*); | 
 | void *sqlite3OomFault(sqlite3*); | 
 | void sqlite3OomClear(sqlite3*); | 
 | int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3 *db, int); | 
 | int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *); | 
 |  | 
 | char *sqlite3RCStrRef(char*); | 
 | void sqlite3RCStrUnref(void*); | 
 | char *sqlite3RCStrNew(u64); | 
 | char *sqlite3RCStrResize(char*,u64); | 
 |  | 
 | void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum*, sqlite3*, char*, int, int); | 
 | int sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(StrAccum*, i64); | 
 | char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum*); | 
 | void sqlite3StrAccumSetError(StrAccum*, u8); | 
 | void sqlite3ResultStrAccum(sqlite3_context*,StrAccum*); | 
 | void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest*,int,int); | 
 | Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *, SrcList *, int, int); | 
 | void sqlite3RecordErrorByteOffset(sqlite3*,const char*); | 
 | void sqlite3RecordErrorOffsetOfExpr(sqlite3*,const Expr*); | 
 |  | 
 | void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *); | 
 | void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *, Pgno, const u8 *); | 
 |  | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY | 
 | int sqlite3ExprCheckIN(Parse*, Expr*); | 
 | #else | 
 | # define sqlite3ExprCheckIN(x,y) SQLITE_OK | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 | 
 | int sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue( | 
 |     Parse*,Index*,UnpackedRecord**,Expr*,int,int,int*); | 
 | int sqlite3Stat4ValueFromExpr(Parse*, Expr*, u8, sqlite3_value**); | 
 | void sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(UnpackedRecord*); | 
 | int sqlite3Stat4Column(sqlite3*, const void*, int, int, sqlite3_value**); | 
 | char sqlite3IndexColumnAffinity(sqlite3*, Index*, int); | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The interface to the LEMON-generated parser | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION | 
 |   void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void*(*)(u64), Parse*); | 
 |   void sqlite3ParserFree(void*, void(*)(void*)); | 
 | #endif | 
 | void sqlite3Parser(void*, int, Token); | 
 | int sqlite3ParserFallback(int); | 
 | #ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH | 
 |   int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void*); | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3*); | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION | 
 |   void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3*); | 
 | #else | 
 | # define sqlite3CloseExtensions(X) | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE | 
 |   void sqlite3TableLock(Parse *, int, Pgno, u8, const char *); | 
 | #else | 
 |   #define sqlite3TableLock(v,w,x,y,z) | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_TEST | 
 |   int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char*); | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE | 
 | #  define sqlite3VtabClear(D,T) | 
 | #  define sqlite3VtabSync(X,Y) SQLITE_OK | 
 | #  define sqlite3VtabRollback(X) | 
 | #  define sqlite3VtabCommit(X) | 
 | #  define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) 0 | 
 | #  define sqlite3VtabLock(X) | 
 | #  define sqlite3VtabUnlock(X) | 
 | #  define sqlite3VtabModuleUnref(D,X) | 
 | #  define sqlite3VtabUnlockList(X) | 
 | #  define sqlite3VtabSavepoint(X, Y, Z) SQLITE_OK | 
 | #  define sqlite3GetVTable(X,Y)  ((VTable*)0) | 
 | #else | 
 |    void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table*); | 
 |    void sqlite3VtabDisconnect(sqlite3 *db, Table *p); | 
 |    int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe*); | 
 |    int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db); | 
 |    int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db); | 
 |    void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *); | 
 |    void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *); | 
 |    void sqlite3VtabModuleUnref(sqlite3*,Module*); | 
 |    void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3*); | 
 |    int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *, int, int); | 
 |    void sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(Vdbe*, sqlite3_vtab*); | 
 |    VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3*, Table*); | 
 |    Module *sqlite3VtabCreateModule( | 
 |      sqlite3*, | 
 |      const char*, | 
 |      const sqlite3_module*, | 
 |      void*, | 
 |      void(*)(void*) | 
 |    ); | 
 | #  define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ((db)->nVTrans>0 && (db)->aVTrans==0) | 
 | #endif | 
 | int sqlite3ReadOnlyShadowTables(sqlite3 *db); | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE | 
 |   int sqlite3ShadowTableName(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName); | 
 |   int sqlite3IsShadowTableOf(sqlite3*,Table*,const char*); | 
 |   void sqlite3MarkAllShadowTablesOf(sqlite3*, Table*); | 
 | #else | 
 | # define sqlite3ShadowTableName(A,B) 0 | 
 | # define sqlite3IsShadowTableOf(A,B,C) 0 | 
 | # define sqlite3MarkAllShadowTablesOf(A,B) | 
 | #endif | 
 | int sqlite3VtabEponymousTableInit(Parse*,Module*); | 
 | void sqlite3VtabEponymousTableClear(sqlite3*,Module*); | 
 | void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse*,Table*); | 
 | void sqlite3VtabBeginParse(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*, int); | 
 | void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse*, Token*); | 
 | void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse*); | 
 | void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse*, Token*); | 
 | int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3*, int, const char *, char **); | 
 | int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse*, Table*); | 
 | int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3*, int, const char *); | 
 | int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *, VTable *); | 
 |  | 
 | FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(sqlite3 *,FuncDef*, int nArg, Expr*); | 
 | void sqlite3VtabUsesAllSchemas(Parse*); | 
 | sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(sqlite3_context*); | 
 | int sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(Vdbe*, const char*, int); | 
 | int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *, sqlite3_stmt *); | 
 | void sqlite3ParseObjectInit(Parse*,sqlite3*); | 
 | void sqlite3ParseObjectReset(Parse*); | 
 | void *sqlite3ParserAddCleanup(Parse*,void(*)(sqlite3*,void*),void*); | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_NORMALIZE | 
 | char *sqlite3Normalize(Vdbe*, const char*); | 
 | #endif | 
 | int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe*); | 
 | void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(Parse*, ExprList*, const char*); | 
 | CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCompareCollSeq(Parse*,const Expr*); | 
 | CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *, const Expr*, const Expr*); | 
 | int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3*); | 
 | const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int); | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL | 
 |   int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3*, int, int, int*, int*); | 
 |   int sqlite3WalDefaultHook(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int); | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE | 
 |   Cte *sqlite3CteNew(Parse*,Token*,ExprList*,Select*,u8); | 
 |   void sqlite3CteDelete(sqlite3*,Cte*); | 
 |   With *sqlite3WithAdd(Parse*,With*,Cte*); | 
 |   void sqlite3WithDelete(sqlite3*,With*); | 
 |   void sqlite3WithDeleteGeneric(sqlite3*,void*); | 
 |   With *sqlite3WithPush(Parse*, With*, u8); | 
 | #else | 
 | # define sqlite3CteNew(P,T,E,S)   ((void*)0) | 
 | # define sqlite3CteDelete(D,C) | 
 | # define sqlite3CteWithAdd(P,W,C) ((void*)0) | 
 | # define sqlite3WithDelete(x,y) | 
 | # define sqlite3WithPush(x,y,z) ((void*)0) | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT | 
 |   Upsert *sqlite3UpsertNew(sqlite3*,ExprList*,Expr*,ExprList*,Expr*,Upsert*); | 
 |   void sqlite3UpsertDelete(sqlite3*,Upsert*); | 
 |   Upsert *sqlite3UpsertDup(sqlite3*,Upsert*); | 
 |   int sqlite3UpsertAnalyzeTarget(Parse*,SrcList*,Upsert*,Upsert*); | 
 |   void sqlite3UpsertDoUpdate(Parse*,Upsert*,Table*,Index*,int); | 
 |   Upsert *sqlite3UpsertOfIndex(Upsert*,Index*); | 
 |   int sqlite3UpsertNextIsIPK(Upsert*); | 
 | #else | 
 | #define sqlite3UpsertNew(u,v,w,x,y,z) ((Upsert*)0) | 
 | #define sqlite3UpsertDelete(x,y) | 
 | #define sqlite3UpsertDup(x,y)         ((Upsert*)0) | 
 | #define sqlite3UpsertOfIndex(x,y)     ((Upsert*)0) | 
 | #define sqlite3UpsertNextIsIPK(x)     0 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | /* Declarations for functions in fkey.c. All of these are replaced by | 
 | ** no-op macros if OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is defined. In this case no foreign | 
 | ** key functionality is available. If OMIT_TRIGGER is defined but | 
 | ** OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is not, only some of the functions are no-oped. In | 
 | ** this case foreign keys are parsed, but no other functionality is | 
 | ** provided (enforcement of FK constraints requires the triggers sub-system). | 
 | */ | 
 | #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) | 
 |   void sqlite3FkCheck(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*, int); | 
 |   void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse*, SrcList *, Table*); | 
 |   void sqlite3FkActions(Parse*, Table*, ExprList*, int, int*, int); | 
 |   int sqlite3FkRequired(Parse*, Table*, int*, int); | 
 |   u32 sqlite3FkOldmask(Parse*, Table*); | 
 |   FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *); | 
 |   void sqlite3FkClearTriggerCache(sqlite3*,int); | 
 | #else | 
 |   #define sqlite3FkActions(a,b,c,d,e,f) | 
 |   #define sqlite3FkCheck(a,b,c,d,e,f) | 
 |   #define sqlite3FkDropTable(a,b,c) | 
 |   #define sqlite3FkOldmask(a,b)         0 | 
 |   #define sqlite3FkRequired(a,b,c,d)    0 | 
 |   #define sqlite3FkReferences(a)        0 | 
 |   #define sqlite3FkClearTriggerCache(a,b) | 
 | #endif | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY | 
 |   void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *, Table*); | 
 |   int sqlite3FkLocateIndex(Parse*,Table*,FKey*,Index**,int**); | 
 | #else | 
 |   #define sqlite3FkDelete(a,b) | 
 |   #define sqlite3FkLocateIndex(a,b,c,d,e) | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Available fault injectors.  Should be numbered beginning with 0. | 
 | */ | 
 | #define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC     0 | 
 | #define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_COUNT      1 | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** The interface to the code in fault.c used for identifying "benign" | 
 | ** malloc failures. This is only present if SQLITE_UNTESTABLE | 
 | ** is not defined. | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE | 
 |   void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void); | 
 |   void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void); | 
 | #else | 
 |   #define sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc() | 
 |   #define sqlite3EndBenignMalloc() | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Allowed return values from sqlite3FindInIndex() | 
 | */ | 
 | #define IN_INDEX_ROWID        1   /* Search the rowid of the table */ | 
 | #define IN_INDEX_EPH          2   /* Search an ephemeral b-tree */ | 
 | #define IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC    3   /* Existing index ASCENDING */ | 
 | #define IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC   4   /* Existing index DESCENDING */ | 
 | #define IN_INDEX_NOOP         5   /* No table available. Use comparisons */ | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Allowed flags for the 3rd parameter to sqlite3FindInIndex(). | 
 | */ | 
 | #define IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK     0x0001  /* OK to return IN_INDEX_NOOP */ | 
 | #define IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP  0x0002  /* IN operator used for membership test */ | 
 | #define IN_INDEX_LOOP        0x0004  /* IN operator used as a loop */ | 
 | int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *, Expr *, u32, int*, int*, int*); | 
 |  | 
 | int sqlite3JournalOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file *, int, int); | 
 | int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *); | 
 | #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \ | 
 |  || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE) | 
 |   int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *); | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | int sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(sqlite3_file *p); | 
 | void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *); | 
 |  | 
 | void sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(Parse *pParse, Expr *p); | 
 | #if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 | 
 |   int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(const Select *); | 
 |   int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse*, int); | 
 | #else | 
 |   #define sqlite3SelectExprHeight(x) 0 | 
 |   #define sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(x,y) | 
 | #endif | 
 | void sqlite3ExprSetErrorOffset(Expr*,int); | 
 |  | 
 | u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8*); | 
 | void sqlite3Put4byte(u8*, u32); | 
 |  | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY | 
 |   void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *, sqlite3 *); | 
 |   void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db); | 
 |   void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db); | 
 | #else | 
 |   #define sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(x,y) | 
 |   #define sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(x) | 
 |   #define sqlite3ConnectionClosed(x) | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG | 
 |   void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE*, char *); | 
 | #endif | 
 | #if defined(YYCOVERAGE) | 
 |   int sqlite3ParserCoverage(FILE*); | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** If the SQLITE_ENABLE IOTRACE exists then the global variable | 
 | ** sqlite3IoTrace is a pointer to a printf-like routine used to | 
 | ** print I/O tracing messages. | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE | 
 | # define IOTRACE(A)  if( sqlite3IoTrace ){ sqlite3IoTrace A; } | 
 |   void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe*); | 
 | SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN void (SQLITE_CDECL *sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*,...); | 
 | #else | 
 | # define IOTRACE(A) | 
 | # define sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(X) | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** These routines are available for the mem2.c debugging memory allocator | 
 | ** only.  They are used to verify that different "types" of memory | 
 | ** allocations are properly tracked by the system. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** sqlite3MemdebugSetType() sets the "type" of an allocation to one of | 
 | ** the MEMTYPE_* macros defined below.  The type must be a bitmask with | 
 | ** a single bit set. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() returns true if any of the bits in its second | 
 | ** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType(). | 
 | ** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() is intended for use inside assert() statements. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** sqlite3MemdebugNoType() returns true if none of the bits in its second | 
 | ** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType(). | 
 | ** | 
 | ** Perhaps the most important point is the difference between MEMTYPE_HEAP | 
 | ** and MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE.  If an allocation is MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE, that means | 
 | ** it might have been allocated by lookaside, except the allocation was | 
 | ** too large or lookaside was already full.  It is important to verify | 
 | ** that allocations that might have been satisfied by lookaside are not | 
 | ** passed back to non-lookaside free() routines.  Asserts such as the | 
 | ** example above are placed on the non-lookaside free() routines to verify | 
 | ** this constraint. | 
 | ** | 
 | ** All of this is no-op for a production build.  It only comes into | 
 | ** play when the SQLITE_MEMDEBUG compile-time option is used. | 
 | */ | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG | 
 |   void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void*,u8); | 
 |   int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(const void*,u8); | 
 |   int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(const void*,u8); | 
 | #else | 
 | # define sqlite3MemdebugSetType(X,Y)  /* no-op */ | 
 | # define sqlite3MemdebugHasType(X,Y)  1 | 
 | # define sqlite3MemdebugNoType(X,Y)   1 | 
 | #endif | 
 | #define MEMTYPE_HEAP       0x01  /* General heap allocations */ | 
 | #define MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE  0x02  /* Heap that might have been lookaside */ | 
 | #define MEMTYPE_PCACHE     0x04  /* Page cache allocations */ | 
 |  | 
 | /* | 
 | ** Threading interface | 
 | */ | 
 | #if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 | 
 | int sqlite3ThreadCreate(SQLiteThread**,void*(*)(void*),void*); | 
 | int sqlite3ThreadJoin(SQLiteThread*, void**); | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_DBPAGE_VTAB) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) | 
 | int sqlite3DbpageRegister(sqlite3*); | 
 | #endif | 
 | #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) | 
 | int sqlite3DbstatRegister(sqlite3*); | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | int sqlite3ExprVectorSize(const Expr *pExpr); | 
 | int sqlite3ExprIsVector(const Expr *pExpr); | 
 | Expr *sqlite3VectorFieldSubexpr(Expr*, int); | 
 | Expr *sqlite3ExprForVectorField(Parse*,Expr*,int,int); | 
 | void sqlite3VectorErrorMsg(Parse*, Expr*); | 
 |  | 
 | #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS | 
 | const char **sqlite3CompileOptions(int *pnOpt); | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | #if SQLITE_OS_UNIX && defined(SQLITE_OS_KV_OPTIONAL) | 
 | int sqlite3KvvfsInit(void); | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | #if defined(VDBE_PROFILE) \ | 
 |  || defined(SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE) \ | 
 |  || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS) | 
 | sqlite3_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void); | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS | 
 | # define IS_STMT_SCANSTATUS(db) (db->flags & SQLITE_StmtScanStatus) | 
 | #else | 
 | # define IS_STMT_SCANSTATUS(db) 0 | 
 | #endif | 
 |  | 
 | #endif /* SQLITEINT_H */ |